# Patent

## Title
Amide derivatives

## Abstract

This invention relates to compounds which are represented by the general formula [I]




[in which A stands for a group of the following formula [ao] or [b0]





    
    
        Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 stand for optionally substituted phenyl; k stands for 0 or 1; m, n and s stand for 0, 1 or 2; R1 stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl; R2, R3, R4 and R5 either stand for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, or R2 and R3, or R4 and R5 together stand for trimethylene and the like; R60 stands for hydrogen, alkyl, or the like; R61 and R71 either stand for alkyl and the like, or together stand for trimethylene and the like; X stands for carbonyl or methylene; Y stands for nitrogen or methine; and Q− stands for anion], and the like.
    
    


The compounds of the invention exhibit selective antagonism to muscarinic M3 receptors, and therefore are useful as safe and effective agents showing little side effect, for treating diseases of the respiratory, urinary and digestive systems.

## Background
This is a divisional of Ser. No. 10/031,716, filed Mar. 26, 2002, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,108 which is a 371 of PCT/JP00/04762, filed Jul. 14, 2000.


TECHNICAL FIELD
This invention relates to novel amide derivatives, processes for preparing them, pharmaceutics containing them and their use as medicines, especially in the treatment of various diseases of the respiratory, urinary and digestive systems.
BACKGROUND ART
Antagonism to muscarinic receptors are known to cause bronchodilation, gastrointestinal hypanakinesis, gastric hyposecretion, dry mouth, mydriasis, suppression of bladder contraction, hypohidrosis, tachycardia and the like [cf. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, 4th ed., APPLETON & LANGE, pp. 83-92 (1989) and Drug News & Perspective, 5(6), pp. 345-352 (1992)].
It has recently been made clear that there are at least three subtypes of muscarinic receptors; M1 receptors being present mainly in the brain; M2 receptors, mainly in the heart, and M3 receptors, on smooth muscles and glandular tissues. Whereas, all of the large number-of compounds heretofore known to exhibit antagonism to muscarinic receptors non-selectively antagonize the three subtypes of muscarinic receptors. Consequently, attempts to use these compounds as therapeutic or prophylactic agents for diseases of the respiratory system have caused undesirable side effects such as dry mouth, nausea and mydriasis. Still in addition, particularly serious side effects associated with the central nervous system, such as dementia, attributable to M1 receptors and those associated with the heart, such as tachycardia mediated by M2 receptors pose problems and their solution has been strongly in demand.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
An object of the present invention is to provide treating agents of diseases associated with muscarinic M3 receptors, said agents exhibiting highly selective antagonism to muscarinic M3 receptors and little side effects, and being safe and effective.
We have discovered that those compounds which are represented by the following general formula [I]




[in which A stands for a group of the following formula [ao] or [b0]





    
    
        Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 each independently stands for optionally substituted phenyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl; k means 0 or 1; m, n and s each independently means 0, 1 or 2; R1 stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl; R2, R3, R4 and R5 each independently stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl, or R2 and R3, or R4 and R5, may together stand for, independently of each other, optionally substituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7, R7 standing for optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl di-lower alkylcarbamoyl lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl; R60 stands for hydrogen, C1-C10 alkyl lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl; R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl, or R61 and R71 may together stand for optionally substituted trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy; X stands for carbonyl or methylene; Y stands for nitrogen or methine; and Q− stands for anion]

exhibit highly selective antagonism to muscarinic M3 receptors, little side effect and high safety, and are very useful for treating various diseases which are associated with muscarinic M3 receptors, eg., such respiratory diseases as chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, chronic bronchitis, asthma, chronic respiratory tract obstruction, fibroid lung, pulmonary emphysema and rhinitis; digestive diseases such as irritable bowel syndrome, convulsive colitis, gastroduodental ulcer, convulsion or hyperanakinesia of digestive tract, diverticulitis and pain accompanying contraction of smooth muscles of the digestive system; urinary diseases accompanied by dysuria like urinary incontinence, urgency and pollakiuria in nervous pollakiuria, neurogenic bladder, nocturnal enuresis, unstable bladder, cystospasm and chronic cystisis; and motion sickness; and have completed the present invention.

    
    


The present invention relates to the compounds represented by above general formula [I] or salts thereof, processes for their preparation and their use.
Hereafterthe invention is explained in further details, in which the terms used mean the following.
“Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
“Lower alkyl” means C1-C6 linear or branched alkyl groups, examples of which include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl and isohexyl groups.
“Lower alkenyl” means C2-C6 linear or branched alkenyl groups, examples of which include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl isopropenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-ethyl-l-ethenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl and 4-pentenyl groups.
“Lower alkoxy” means C1-C6 linear or branched alkoxy groups, examples of which include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, sec-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, hexyloxy and isohexyloxy groups.
“Lower alkylcarbamoyl” means carbamoyl groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkyl groups, examples of which include methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl, propylcarbamoyl, isopropylcarbamoyl butylcarbamoyl sec-butylcarbamoyl and tert-butylcarbamoyl groups.
“Di-lower alkylcarbamoyl” means carbamoyl groups which are di-substituted with said lower alkyl groups, examples of which include dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, ethylmethylcarbamoyl, dipropylcarbamoyl, methylpropylcarbamoyl and di-isopropyl-carbamoyl groups.
“Lower alkylamino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkyl groups, examples of which include methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino, sec-butylamino and tert-butylamino groups.
“Di-lower alkylamino” means amino groups which are di-substituted with said lower alkyl groups, examples of which include dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethylamino, dipropylamino, methylpropylamino and di-isopropylamino groups.
“Imino-lower alkyl” means said lower alkyl groups which are mono-substituted with imino group, examples of which include formimidoyl, acetimidoyl, propanimidoyl, butanimidoyl, pentanimidoyl and hexanimidoyl groups.
“(Imino-lower alkyl) amino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said imino-lower alkyl groups, examples of which include formimidoylamino, acetimidoylamino, propanimidoylamino, butanimidoylamino, pentanimidoylamino and hexanimidoylamino groups.
“Lower alkanoyl” means C1-C6 linear or branched alkanoyl groups, examples of which include formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl and pivaloyl groups.
“Lower alkanoyloxy” means alkanoyloxy groups having said lower alkanoyl groups, examples of which include acetoxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, isobutyryloxy, valeryloxy, isovaleryloxy and pivaloyloxy groups.
“Lower alkanoylamino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkanoyl groups, examples of which include formylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, butyrylamino, isobutyrylamino, valerylamino, isovalerylamino and pivaloylamino groups.
“(Lower alkylcarbamoyl) amino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkylcarbamoyl groups, examples of which include (methylcarbamoyl) amino, (ethylcarbamoyl)amino, (propylcarbamoyl)amino, (isopropylcarbamoyl)amino, (butylcarbamoyl)amino, (sec-butylcarbamoyl)amino and (tert-butylcarbamoyl)amino groups.
“Lower alkylsulfonyl” means alkylsulfonyl groups having said lower alkyl groups, examples of which include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl and tert-butylsulfonyl groups.
“Lower alkylsulfonylamino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkylsulfonyl groups, examples of which include methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino, propylsulfonylamino, isopropylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, sec-butylsulfonylamino and tert-butylsulfonylamino groups.
“Lower alkoxycarbonyl” means alkoxycarbonyl groups having said lower alkoxy groups, examples of which include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl and pentyloxycarbonyl groups.
“Lower alkoxycarbonylamino” means amino groups which are mono-substituted with said lower alkoxycarbonyl groups, examples of which include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, isobutoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino and pentyloxycarbonylamino groups.
“C1-C10 alkyl” means C1-C10 linear or branched alkyl groups, examples of which includes, besides those earlier exemplified lower alkyl groups, 2-methylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl and decyl groups.
“Cycloalkyl” means C3-C10 cycloalkyl groups, examples of which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl and cyclodecyl groups.
“Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl” means said lower alkyl groups having above cycloalkyl groups, examples of which include cyclopropylmethyl, 2-cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 1-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 1-cyclohexylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl and cyclooctylmethyl groups.
“Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl” means either above cycloalkyl-lower alkyl groups or said cycloalkyl-lower alkyl groups having one, two or more, preferably one or two same or different, earlier named lower alkyl groups at the optional, substitutable position or positions on the cycloalkyl group, examples of which include, besides above-exemplified cycloalkyl-lower alkyl groups, 1-(1-methylcyclopropyl)ethyl, 2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)ethyl, (2,2-dimethylcyclopentyl)methyl, 1-(2,2-dimethylcyclopentyl)ethyl and 2-(2,2-dimethylcyclopentyl)ethyl groups.
“Cycloalkenyl” means C3-C10 cycloalkenyl groups, examples of which include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclononenyl and cyclodecenyl groups.
“Cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl” means said lower alkyl groups having said cycloalkenyl groups, examples of which include cyclopropenylmethyl, cyclobutenylmethyl, cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl, cycloheptenylmethyl, cyclooctenylmethyl, cyclononenylmethyl and cyclodecenylmethyl groups.
“Aralkyl” means said lower alkyl groups having aryl groups such as phenyl, naphthyl or anthryl, examples of which include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-naphthylmethyl and 2-naphthylmethyl groups.
“Anion” means those forming a pair with ammonium ions on the compounds of the present invention, which electrically neutralize said compounds. While they are not subject to particular limitations so long as they are pharmaceutically acceptable, anions formed from halogen atoms, inorganic acids, organic sulfonic acids, carboxylic acids and the like, such as

    F−, Cl−, Br−, I−,






  
    
      1
      2
    
    ⁢
    
      SO
      4
      
        2
        -
      
    
  
  ,
  
    HSO
    4
    -
  
  ,
  
    
      1
      3
    
    ⁢
    
      PO
      4
      
        3
        -
      
    
  
  ,
  
    
      1
      2
    
    ⁢
    
      HPO
      4
      
        2
        -
      
    
  
  ,




H2PO4−, NO3−, CH3OSO3−,

    CH3SO3−, CH3CH2SO3−,






    HCOO−, CH3COO−,






may be named as examples.

“Salts” of the compounds represented by the general formula [I] means, for example, those pharmaceutically acceptable and customarily used salts of the compounds whose A is expressed by the formula [ao], referring to the general formula [I]. As examples of such salts, acid addition salts at the positions of basic nitrogen atom may be named.
Examples of the acid addition salts include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate and perchlorate; organic acid salts such as maleate, fumarate, tartarate, citrate, ascorbate and trifluoroacetate; and sulfonic acid salts such as methanesulfonate, isethionate, benzenesulfonate and p-toluenesulfonate.
“Treating agent” means medicines which are used for treatment and/or prophylaxis of various diseases.
The compounds of the present invention in occasions have stereoisomers such as optical isomers, diastereoisomers or geometrical isomers, depending on the form of the substituents therein. The compounds of the present invention cover all of those stereoisomers and their mixtures.
For more specific disclosures of the compounds of the present invention which are represented by the general formula [I], the symbols used in said formula [I] are explained in further details in the following, citing their preferred specific examples.
A stands for a group of the following formula [a0] or [b0]:




R60 stands for hydrogen, C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl.
Examples of C1-C10 alkyl groups as R60 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, heptyl octyl and decyl.
Preferred examples of lower alkenyl group as R60 include 2-propenyl and 3-butenyl.
Preferred examples of cycloalkyl group as R60 include cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
Preferred examples of cycloalkyl-lower alkyl group whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl as R60 include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, 2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)ethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, (2,2-dimethylcyclopentyl)methyl, 1-cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and 1-cyclohexylethyl.
Preferred examples of cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl group as R60 include cycloheptenyl and cyclononenyl.
Preferred examples of aralkyl group as R60 include benzyl.
Preferred examples of R60 include hydrogen, C1-C10 alkyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl.
R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl; or R61 and R71 may together stand for optionally substituted trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy.
Preferred examples of C1-C10 alkyl groups as R61 and R71 include C1-C6 alkyl, in particular, methyl ethyl propyl and 2-methylbutyl.
Preferred examples of lower alkenyl as R61 and R71 include 2-propenyl and 3-butenyl.
Preferred example of cycloalkyl as R61 and R71 is cyclohexyl.
Preferred examples of cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl as R61 and R71 include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl and cyclooctylmethyl, in particular, cyclopropylmethyl and cyclohexylmethyl, inter alia, cyclopropylmethyl.
Preferred examples of cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl as R61 and R71 include cycloheptenylmethyl and cyclononenylmethyl.
Preferred examples of aralkyl as R61 and R71 include benzyl.
“Trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy” means unsubstituted trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylne, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-expoxytetramethylene; or those having one, two or more, preferably one or two substituents which may be same or different, which are selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy, at optional substitutable position or positions.
Preferred examples of lower alkyl serviceable as the above substituent include methyl, ethyl and propyl, in particular, methyl.
Preferred examples of lower alkoxy serviceable as the above substituent include methoxy and ethoxy.
Preferred examples of the above substituents include lower alkyl groups.
Among the trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene groups, for example, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene are preferred.
Hence, among the optionally substituted trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene represented jointly by R61 and R71, those preferred include unsubstituted tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene and 2,3-epoxytetramethylene; and lower alkyl-substituted tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene and 2,3-epoxytetramethylene.
Preferred embodiments of R61 and R71 include: those wherein R61 and R71 each independently is selected from C1-C10 alkyl lower alkenyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl; or R61 and R71 together stand for trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene which optionally have substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy. More specifically, the preferred embodiments include those wherein both R61 and R71 are methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propenyl or cyclopropylmethyl; R61 is cyclohexylmethyl and R71 is methyl; or R61 and R71 together form tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene group.
As Q−, for example, anions formed from halogen atoms such as Cl−, Br− and I− are preferred;
s means 0, 1 or 2; and Q− stands for anion, convenient s being 1.
Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 each independently stands for optionally substituted phenyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl lower alkoxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl.
Said “optionally substituted phenyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl” mean unsubstituted phenyl or phenyl having substituent(s) at substitutable, optional position(s), said one, two or more, preferably one or two same or different substituents being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl.
Among the halogen atoms as the substituent, for example, fluorine, chlorine and bromine, inter alia, fluorine, are preferred.
Among the lower alkyl groups as the substituent, for example, methyl, ethyl and propyl are preferred.
Among the lower alkenyl groups as the substituent, for example, vinyl, 1-propenyl and 2-propenyl are preferred.
Among the lower alkoxy groups as the substituent, for example, methoxy and ethoxy are preferred.
Among the lower alkylcarbamoyl groups as the substituent, for example, methylcarbamoyl and ethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among the di-lower alkylcarbamoyl groups as the substituent, for example, dimethylcarbamoyl and diethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
As the substituent, halogen atoms and lower alkyl groups are preferred.
As Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3, independently of each other, phenyl which is optionally substituted with halogen or lower alkyl are preferred. In particular, such cases wherein all of them are unsubstituted phenyl, or phenyl substituted with halogen, inter alia, fluorine, are preferred.
The suffix k stands for 0 or 1; and m and n, each independently, 0, 1 or 2, preferred n being 1 or 2.
R1 stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl.
Said “optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl” mean unsubstituted lower alkyl groups as above-named or the lower alkyl groups having substituent(s) at substitutable, optional position(s), said one, two or more, preferably one or two same or different substituents being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl.
Among the above lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, methylcarbamoyl and ethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among the di-lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, dimethylcarbamoyl and diethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Preferred substituents include hydroxyl, amino and carbamoyl groups.
As the R1 lower alkyl, for example, methyl, ethyl and propyl are preferred.
Thus, specific examples of R1 include hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, carbamoylmethyl, 2-carbamoylethyl, methylcarbamoylmethyl, 2-methylcarbamoylethyl, dimethylcarbamoylmethyl, 2-dimethylcarbamoylethyl, 4-imidazolylmethyl and 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethyl. Of those, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, carbamoylmethyl and 2-carbamoylethyl are preferred, in particular, hydrogen is preferred.
R2, R3, R4 and R5 each independently stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl or R2 and R3, or R4 and R5, may together stand for, independently of each other, optionally substituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7.
Said “optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl” mean unsubstituted lower alkyl groups as above-named or the lower alkyl groups having substituent(s) at substitutable, optional positions(s), said one, two ore more, preferably one or two same or different substituents being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl.
Among the lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, methylcarbamoyl and ethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among the di-lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, dimethylcarbamoyl and diethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Preferred substituents include hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl and imidazolyl groups.
As the lower alkyl groups as R2, R3, R4 or R5, for example, methyl, ethyl and propyl are preferred.
Thus, examples of the optionally substituted lower alkyl as R2, R3, R4 or R5 are same to those earlier named optionally substituted lower alkyl groups as R1, among which methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl 2-aminoethyl, carbamoylmethyl, 2-carbamoylethyl and 4-imidazolylmethyl, inter alia, methyl and 4-imidazolylmethyl, are preferred.
Said “optionally substituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7” mean unsubstituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene and 2-butenylene groups, or those having substituent(s) at substitutable, optional position(s), said one, two or more, preferably one or two same or different substituents being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7.
Among the lower alkoxy as the substituent, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy and tert-butoxy are preferred.
Among the lower alkanoyloxy as the substituent, for example, acetoxy and propionyloxy are preferred.
Among the lower alkylamino as the substituent, for example, methylamino, ethylamino and propylamino are preferred.
Among the di-lower alkylamino as the substituent, for example, dimethylamino and diethylamino are preferred.
Among the (imino-lower alkyl)amino as the substituent, for example, formimidoylamino, acetimidoylamino and propanimidoylamino are preferred.
Among the lower alkanoylamino as the substituent, for example, acetylamino and propionylamino are preferred.
Among the lower alkoxycarbonylamino as the substituent, for example, methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino and propoxycarbonylamino are preferred.
Among the (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino as the substituent, for example, (methylcarbamoyl)amino, (ethylcarbamoyl)amino and (propylcarbamoyl)amino are preferred.
Among the lower alkylsulfonylamino as the substituent, for example, methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino and propylsulfonylamino are preferred.
Among the lower alkoxycarbonyl as the substituent, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl are preferred.
Among the lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl and propylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among di-lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, dimethylcarbamoyl and diethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
R7 stands for optionally substituted lower alkyl group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl.
“Optionally substituted lower alkyl group, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl” means unsubstituted lower alkyl groups as above-named or the lower alkyl groups having substituent(s) at substitutable, optional position(s), said one, two or more, preferably one or two same or different substituents being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl.
Among the lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, methylcarbamoyl ethylcarbamoyl and propylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among the di-lower alkylcarbamoyl as the substituent, for example, dimethylcarbamoyl and diethylcarbamoyl are preferred.
Among the lower alkoxycarbonyl as the substituent, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl are preferred.
As the substituent groups, for example, hydroxyl, amino and carbamoyl are preferred.
As the lower alkyl groups as R7, for example, methyl and ethyl are preferred.
Hence, preferred examples of R7 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, carbamoylmethyl, 2-carbamoylethyl, methylcarbamoylmethyl, 2-methylcarbamoylethyl, dimethylcarbamoylmethyl, 2-dimethylcarbamoylethyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 4-imidazolylmethyl and 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethyl. In particular, methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl and carbamoylmethyl are preferred.
As the substituent(s) on trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene, oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino and di-lower alkylamino, inter alia, hydroxyl and amino, are preferred.
Among trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene and 2-butenylene groups, trimethylene is the preferred.
Accordingly, among those optionally substituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene and 2-butenylene formed together by R2 and R3, or R4 and R5, unsubstituted trimethylene and hydroxyl- or amino-substituted trimethylene are particularly preferred.
Preferred embodiments of R2, R3, R4 and R5 include one wherein R2, R3, R4 and R, are hydrogen atoms at the same time; those wherein either one of R2 and R3 is hydrogen and the other is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl, and both R4 and R5 are hydrogen atoms; and those wherein R2 and R3, or R4 and R5 together stand for, independently of each other, optionally substituted trimethylene, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and —R7 (here R7 has the earlier defined signification).
Among the compounds represented by the general formula [I], therefore, for example those in which Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 are each independently phenyl which may be halogen- or lower alkyl-substituted, n is 1 or 2, s is 1, and R1 is hydrogen, are preferred. In particular, the compounds represented by the following general formula [I-a]:




[wherein A1 stands for a group represented by the formula [a1] or [b1]




    
    
        R2a and R3a each independently stands for hydrogen, or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl; R8 stands for hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; R60, R61, R71 and Q− have the earlier defined significations];

the compounds represented by the general formula [I-b]:

    
    






[wherein A1a stands for a group of the formula [a1]




and R8 and R60 have the earlier defined significations];

the compounds represented by the general formula [I-c]:





    
    
        [in which A1 and R8 have the earlier defined significations];

the compounds represented by the general formula [I-d]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which A1a and R8 have the earlier defined significations];

and the compounds represented by the general formula [I-e]

    
    






    
    
        [in which n1 stands for 1 or 2; Re1, Re2, Re3 and Re4 each independently stands for hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl di-lower alkylcarbamoyl imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7; or Re1 and Re2 together signify oxo group; and A1, R7 and R8 have the earlier defined significations]

are preferred.

    
    


Among the compounds represented by the general formula [I-a], the preferred are those in which R2a is hydrogen and R3a is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, carbamoylmethyl, 2-carbamoylethyl or 4-imidazolylmethyl, in particular, hydrogen or 4-imidazolylmethyl; or those in which R2a is methyl and R3a is hydrogen.
Among the compounds represented by the general formula [I-e], the preferred are those in which Re1, Re2, Re3 and Re4 each independently is hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy, acetoxy, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, dimethylamino and diethylamino, or those in which Re1 and Re2 together form oxo group and Re3 and Re4 both are hydrogen atoms. In particular, the compounds in which Re1 is hydroxyl or amino, preferably hydroxyl, and Re2, Re3 and Re4 are hydrogen atoms at the same time; those in which both Re1 and Re3 are hydroxyl groups and both Re2 and Re4 are hydrogen atoms; or those in which both Re1 and Re2 are hydroxyl groups and both Re3 and Re4 are hydrogen atoms are advantageous. Inter alia, the compounds where A1 is a group represented by the formula [b1], R61 and R71 are at the same time methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propenyl or cyclopropylmethyl, in particular, ethyl, propyl or cyclopropylmethyl; or R61 is cyclohexylmethyl and R71 is methyl; or R61 and R71 together form tetramethylene, 2-butenylene or pentamethylene, in particular, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene, can be advantageously used.
Referring to those general formulae [I-a], [I-b], [I-c], [I-d] and [I-e], convenient R8 is, for example, hydrogen or halogen, in particular, hydrogen or fluorine.
Now processes for preparing the compounds of the present invention are explained.
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by the following processes or those as shown in working examples, it being understood that the preparation processes of compounds of this invention are not limited to those reaction examples.
Production Process 1
Carboxylic acid of the general formoula [II]:




    
    
        [in which Ar1p, Ar2p and Ar3p each independently stands for optionally substituted phenyl the substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and optionally protected hydroxyl, carbamoyl and lower alkylcarbamoyl; and R1p stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of di-lower alkylcarbamoyl optionally protected hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl groups]

or salt or reactive derivative thereof is reacted with a compound of the general formula [III]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aap stands for a group of the formula [aop]
    
    






    
    
        R2p, R3p, R4p and R5p each independently stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and optionally protected hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl groups, or R2p and R3p, or R4p and R5p, together form, each independently of the other pair, optionally substituted trimethylene, propenylene, tetramethylene or 2-butenylene, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, di-lower alkylamino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, a group represented by —R7p and optionally protected oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl groups; R7p stands for optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and lower alkoxycarbonyl, and optionally protected hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl groups; R60p stands for imino-protecting group, C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring potion being optionally substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl; and k, m, n, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or salt thereof, to form a compound represented by the general formula [IV-1]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aap, Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5pP X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof, and if necessary the protective group(s) are removed to produce a compound represented by the general formula [I-1]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aa stands for a group of the formula [a0]
    
    






    
    
        Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, k, m, n, R2, R3, R4, R5, R60, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or salts thereof.

    
    


The above production process 1 is the process for producing, among the compounds of the present invention which are represented by the general formula [I], those in which A in said general formula is a group represented by the formula [a0]




    
    
        [in which R60 and s have the earlier defined significations], i.e., the compounds expressed by the earlier given general formula [I-1].
    
    


Where the reactants in the above reaction contain oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino groups which do not participate in the reaction, those groups are preferably suitably protected by respective protective groups before the reaction, and are deprotected after the reaction.
Examples of “oxo-protective group” include acetals and ketals such as ethylene ketal, trimethylene ketal and dimethyl ketal.
Examples of “hydroxyl-protective group” include alkyl such as tert-butyl; substituted silyls such as trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl and tert-butyldiphenylsilyl; lower alkoxymethyl such as methoxymethyl and 2-methoxyethoxymethyl; tetrahydropyranyl; trimethylsilylethoxymethyl; aralkyl such as benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, 2,3-dimethyoxybenzyl, o-nitrogenzyl, p-nitrobenzyl and triphenylmethyl; and acyl such as formyl and acetyl. In particular, tert-butyl, benzyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl and acetyl groups are preferred.
Examples of “amino- or imino-protective group” include aralkyl such as benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, o-nitrobenzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, benzhydryl and triphenylmethyl; lower alkanoyl such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl and pivaloyl; benzoyl; arylalkanoyl such as phenylacetyl and phenoxyacetyl; lower alkoxycarbonyl such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propyloxycarbonyl and tert-butoxycarbonyl; aralkyloxycarbonyl such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl and phenethyloxycarbonyl; lower alkylsilyl such as trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl; phthaloyl; and aralkylidene such as benzylidene, p-chlorobenzylidene and o-nitrobenzylidene. In particular, acetyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl, ethoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and tert-butoxycarbonyl groups are preferred.
The reaction of a carboxylic acid of the general foromula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof with a compound expressed by the general formula [III] or salt thereof is usually carried out using 1-5 mols, preferably 1-2 mols, of the carboxylic acid of the formula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof, per mol of the compound of the formula [III] or salt thereof.
“Salt” of said carboxylic acid of the formula [II] means base addition salt at the carboxyl group, examples of which include alkali metal salt such as sodium salt and potassium salt; alkaline earth metal salt such as calcium salt and magnesium salt; ammonium salt; and organic amine salt such as trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt, ethanolamine salt, diethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, procaine salt and N,N-dibenzylethylenediamine salt.
Examples of “reactive derivative” of the carboxylic acid of the formula [II] are mixed acid anhydrides, active esters and active amides.
Where said carboxylic acid of the formula [II] or salt thereof is used in the reaction, the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a condensing agent such as, for example, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide, diphenylphosphoryl azide and dipyridyldisulfide-triphenylphosphin, in particular, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride.
The use rate of the condensing agent is not strictly limited, while it is usually in the range of 1-5 mols, preferably 1-2 mols, per mol of the carboxylic acid of the formula [II] or salt thereof.
The reaction is usually carried out in an inert solvent, examples of which include diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, dioxane, benzene, toluene, chlorobenzene, methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloroethane and trichloroethylene; and mixtures of those solvents. In particular, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide, chloroform and dioxane are preferred.
The reaction temperature usually ranges from −70° C. to the boiling point of the solvent used in the reaction, preferably −20° C.-100° C.
The reaction time usually ranges from 5 minutes to 7 days, preferably from 10 minutes to 24 hours.
The reaction may also be carried out in the presence of a base, for smooth progress of the reaction.
Examples of useful base include aliphatic tertiary amine such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine; and aromatic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine and quinoline. Of those, triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine are preferred.
The use rate of said basecan be within a range of 1-5 mols, preferably 1-2 mols, per mol of the carboxylic acid expressed by the formula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof.
Mixed acid anhydride of carboxylic acid of the formula [II] can be obtained by reacting carboxylic acid of the formula [II] with, for example, alkyl chlorocarbonate such as ethyl chlorocarbonate; aliphatic carboxylic acid chloride such as acetyl chloride, pivaloyl chloride and the like, according to usual method.
Active esters of carboxylic acid of the formula [II] can be obtained by reacting the carboxylic acid of said formula [II] with, for example, an N-hydroxy compound such as N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; or a phenol compound such as 4-nitrophenol, 2,4-dinitrophenol, 2,4,5-trichlorophenol, pentachlorophenol or the like; in the presence of a condensing agent, e.g., N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, diphenylphosphoryl azide or dipyridyl disulfide-triphenylphosphine, according to usual method.
Active amide of the carboxylic acid of the formula [II] can be obtained by reacting the carboxylic acid of formula [II] with 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 1,1′-carbonylbis(2-methylimidazole) or the like according to usual methods.
After completion of the reaction, ordinary treatment is given to provide crude product of a compound expressed by the general formula [IV-1], which is optionally purified according to usual method and further if necessary subjected to a reaction for removing protective group(s) of oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, to provide a compound of the formula [I-1].
Method for removing the protective group(s) differs depending on the kind of the protective group and stability of the object compound [I-1], but those methods known per se may be employed, for example, those taught in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene, John Wiley & Sons Co. (1981) or methods analogous thereto, for example, solvolysis using an acid or base, that is, using for example 0.01 mol—a large excess of an acid, preferably trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, hydrochloric acid or the like, or an equimolar or largely excessive amount of a base, preferably potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide or the like; chemical reduction using hydrogenated metal complex or catalytic reduction using palladium-carbon catalyst or Raney nickel catalyst.
Production Process 2
By following the steps of reacting a compound expressed by the following general formula [IV-1a]:




    
    
        [in which Aaa signifies a group represented by the formula [aoa]
    
    






    
    
        Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, S, X, and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof, with a compound of a general formula [V]

O═R61a  [V]

        [in which R61a signfies C1-C10 alkylidene, lower alkenylidene, cycloalkylidene, cycloalkyl lower alkylidene whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl lower alkylidene or aralkylidene]

under reducing conditions to form a compound of a general formula [IV-1b]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aab signifies a group represented by the formula [aob]
    
    






    
    
        R61b signifies C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl; Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, S, X, and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof, and if necessary removing the protective groups, a compound of the general formula [1-2]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aab, Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, k, m, n, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, S, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof can be produced.

    
    


The production process 2 is a process for producing, among the compounds of the present invention represented by the general formula [I], those in which A is the group expressed by the formula [aob]:




    
    
        [in which R61b and s have the earlier defined significations], i.e., the compounds expressed by the general formula [I-2].
    
    


Said “C1-C10 alkylidene, lower alkenylidene, cycloalkylidene, cycloalkyl-lower alkylidene whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkylidene or aralkylidene” as R61a mean those which are capable of becoming the corresponding “C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl”, respectively, after completion of the above reaction.
The reaction of a compound represented by the general formula [IV-1a] or a salt thereof with a compound represented by the general formula [V] under reducing conditions is a so-called reductive alkylatin reaction of an amino group, and conducted using a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-2 mols, of the compound of the general formula [V] per mol of the compound of the general formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof, in the presence of a reducing agent or under catalytic redution, in an inert solvent which has no adverse effect on the reaction.
As the inert solvent, for example, alcohols such a methanol or ethanol; ethers such as diethyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene or toluene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloroethane; or their mixtures can be named, in particular, methanol ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, dichloroethane or toluene being preferred.
Where the reaction is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent, examples of useful reducing agent include complex metal hydrides such as sodium boron hydride, sodium cyanoboron hydride, aluminium lithium hydride, aluminium diisobutyl hydride and sodium triacetoxyboron hydride; in particular, sodium boron hydride, sodium cyanoboron hydride or sodium triacetoxyboron hydride being preferred.
The use rate of said reducing agent is usually a mol to molar excess, preferably 1-10 mols, per mol of the compound represented by the general formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof.
The reaction temperature usually ranges from about −30° C. to about 200° C., preferably from about 0° C. to 100° C.; and the reaction time usually ranges from an instant to 7 days, preferably from an instant to 24 hours.
Where the reaction is carried out under catalytic reduction, for example, palladium-carbon catalyst, Raney nickel catalyst or the like is used as the catalyst.
The hydrogen pressure in the catalytic reduction reaction is usually and conveniently from atmospheric to 2 atmospheres, and the use rate of the catalyst is usually from 1/100 to 1, preferably 1/100-1/10 by weight to the starting compound [IV-1a].
The reaction temperature usually ranges from about −30° C. to 50° C., preferably from about 0° C. to room temperature, and the reaction time usually ranges from an instant to 7 days, preferably from an instant to 24 hours.
As the means of reduction in this reaction, the above-described reduction method using the complex metal hydride is convenient.
This reaction may be conducted under weakly acidic conditions, in which Schiff base is easily formed. As examples of acid useful for pH control for that purpose include p-toluenesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid.
In this step it is also possible not to conduct the reaction in the presence of a reducing agent or under catalytic reduction, but to first react a compound of the general formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [V] to form an imine in advance, and then to subject said imine to a reducing reaction.
In the above reaction where such groups as oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino which do not participate in the reaction are present in the reactants, it is desirable to suitably protect them with protective groups of oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, respectively, before the reaction and to remove the protective groups after the reaction.
As the protective groups suitable for oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, those respective protective groups as described in relation to the production process 1 are applicable as they are.
Upon completion of the reaction, after removing the protective groups in the compound of the general formula [IV-1b]where they are present; or where no protective group is present in the product, without such an intervening treatment, the product is processed in the usual manner to produce a compound of the general formula [1-2].
For removing the protective groups and conducting the post-treatment, those methods as described as to the production process 1 are applicable.
Production Process 3
By following the steps of reacting a compound of the general formula [IV-1a]:




    
    
        [in which Aaa, Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [VI-1]

L1-R661b  [VI-1]

        [in which L1 signifies a leaving group, and R61b has the earlier defined signification]

to form a compound expressed by the general formula [IV-1b]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aab, Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or salt thereof, and if necessary removing the protective groups, a compound of the general formula [I-2]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aab, Ar1, Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, k, m, n, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or salt thereof can be produced.

    
    


The production process 3 is a method for producing the compounds expressed by the general formula [I-2], same as above production process 2.
Examples of “leaving group” expressed by L1 include halogen atoms such as chlorine, bromine and iodine; alkylsulfonyloxy groups such as methylsulfonyloxy; or arylsulfonyloxy groups such as p-toluenesulfonyloxy.
The reaction of a compound of the general formula [IV-1a] or a salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [IV-1] is usually conducted using a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-2 mols, of the compound of the formula [VI-1] per mol of the compound of formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof, in an inert solvent which is not detrimental to the reaction.
As such inert solvent, for example, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, chlorobenzene and xylene; and aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; or mixtures of the foregoing can be used.
For smooth progress, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of base and/or a reaction assistant.
As the base, for example, alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium hydrogencarbonate; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; tertiary aliphatic amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-dimethylaniline, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) and 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN); and aromatic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, picoline, lutidine, quinoline and isoquinoline can be used. Of those, potassium carbonate, N,N-diisopropylethylamine and triethylamine are preferred.
The use rate of the base is usually a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-3 mols, per mol of the compound of the formula [IV-1a].
As assistant useful for the reaction, for example, alkali metal iodides such as lithium iodide, sodium iodide and potassium iodide may be named. Of these, potassium iodide is preferred.
The use rate of the assistant is usually from catalytic to excessive amount, preferably from catalytic amount to one equivalent, to the compound of the formula [IV-1a].
The reaction temperature may usually range from about 0° C. to the boiling point of the solvent used in the reaction, and the reaction time may usually range from 10 minutes to 48 hours.
In the above reaction where such groups as oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino which do not participate in the reaction are present in the reactants, it is desirable to suitably protect them with protective groups of oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, respectively, before the reaction and to remove the protective groups after the reaction.
As the protective groups suitable for oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, those respective protective groups as described in relation to the production process 1 are applicable as they are.
Upon completion of the reaction, after removing the protective groups in the compound of the general formula [IV-1b]where they are present; or where no protective group is present in the product, without such an intervening treatment, the product is processed in the usual manner to produce a compound of the general formula [I-2].
For removing the protective groups and conducting the post-treatment, those methods as described as to the production process 1 are applicable
Production Process 4
By following the steps of reacting a compound of the general formula [VI-2]:

R71a-L2  [VI-2]

    
    
        [in which L2 signifies a leaving group; R71a signifies C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl]

or a salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [IV-1b]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aab, Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof, to form a compound expressed by the general formula [IV-2]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Z− signifies anion; Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, R61b, R71a, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

and if necessary removing the protective group(s) and/or exchanging the anion, a compound of the general formula [1-3]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aba signifies a group expressed by the formula [boa]
    
    






Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, k, m, n, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R61b, R71a, s, X, Y and Q− have the earlier defined significations]
can be produced.
The production process 4 is a method for producing, among the compounds of the present invention represented by the general formula [I], those in which A is a group expressed by the formula [boa]:




    
    
        [in which R61b, R71a, s and Q− have the earlier defined significations],

i.e., the compounds represented by the general formula [I-3].

    
    


As the “leaving group” expressed by L2, those leaving groups exemplified as L1 in the production process 3 are equally applicable.
In the above reaction where such groups as oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino which do not participate in the reaction are present in the reactants, it is desirable to suitably protect them with protective groups of oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, respectively, before the reaction and to remove the protective groups after the reaction.
As the protective groups suitable for oxo, hydroxyl amino or imino, those respective protective groups as described in relation to the production process 1 are applicable as they are.
The reaction of a compound expressed by the general formula [VI-2] or salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [IV-1b] or salt thereof is usually carried out using a mol or molar excess, preferably a large molar excess, of the compound of formula [VI-2] or salt thereof, per mol of the compound of the formula [IV-1b] or salt thereof, in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent which is not detrimental to the reaction, non-use of solvent being preferred.
As such inert solvent, for example, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, chlorobenzene and xylene; halogenated hydro-carbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane and dichloroethane; and aprotic polar solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; or mixtures of the foregoing can be used, in particular, chloroform and acetonitrile being preferred.
For smooth progress, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of base and/or a reaction assistant.
As the base, for example, alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium hydrogencarbonate; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; tertiary aliphatic amines such as trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-dimethylaniline, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) and 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene (DBN); and aromatic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, picoline, lutidine, quinoline and isoquinoline can be used. Of those, potassium carbonate, diethylamine, triethylamine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine are particularly suitable.
The use rate of the base is usually a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-3 mols, per mol of the compound of the formula [IV-1b].
As assistant useful for the reaction, for example, alkali metal iodides such as lithium iodide, sodium iodide and potassium iodide may be named. Of these, potassium iodide is preferred.
The use rate of the assistant is usually from catalytic to excessive amount, preferably from catalytic amount to one equivalent, to the compound of the formula [IV-1b].
The reaction temperature may usually range from about 0° C. to the boiling point of the solvent or reagent used in the reaction, preferably from 20° C. to the boiling point of the solvent or reagent used in the reaction, and the reaction time may usually range from 10 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1-10 hours.
Upon completion of the reaction, after removing the protective groups in the compound of the general formula [IV-2] where they are present; or where no protective group is present in the product, without such an intervening treatment, the product is processed in the usual manner to produce a compound of the general formula [I-3].
For removing the protective groups and conducting the post-treatment, those methods as described as to the production process 1 are applicable.
Those compounds of the general formula [I-3] are isolated as those having a certain or more than one kind of anions, and thereafterthe anions can be changed to other desired anions.
As the method of changing anions, for example, one comprising adsorbing the formula [I-3] compound onto a column filled with an adequate carrier, treating the same with a salt of an acid having an excess of desired anions, and eluting the intended formula [I-3] compound as formed.
Production Process 5
By following the steps of reacting a compound of the general formula [VII]:

L3-R71bp-L4  [VII]

    
    
        [in which L3 and L4 each independently signifies a leaving group, and R71bp signifies optionally substituted trimethylene, tetramethylene, 2-butenylene, pentamethylene, 3-oxapentamethylene or 2,3-epoxytetramethylene, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl lower alkoxy, and optionally protected oxo and hydroxyl]

or a salt thereof with a compound of a general formula [IV-1a]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Aaa, Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, s, X and Y have the earlier defined significations]

or a salt thereof, to form a compound of the general formula [IV-3]

    
    






    
    
        [in which Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, R71bp, s, X , Y and Z− have the earlier defined significations],

and if necessary removing protective groups and/or exchanging the anion, a compound expressed by the general formula [I-4]:

    
    






    
    
        [in which Abb signifies a group expressed by the formula [bob]:
    
    






    
    
        Ar1, Ar2, Ar3, R1,R2, R3, R4, R5, R71b, k, m, s, X, Y and Q− have the earlier defined significations]

can be produced.

    
    


The production process 5 is a method for producing, among the compounds of the present invention represented by the general formula [I], those in which A is a group expressed by the formula [bob]:




    
    
        [in which R71b, s and Q− have the earlier defined significations],

i.e., the compounds represented by the general formula [I-4].

    
    


As the “leaving group” expressed by L3 or L4, those exemplified as L1 in the production process 3 are applicable independently of each other.
In the above reaction where such groups as oxo, hydroxyl amino or imino which do not participate in the reaction are present in the reactants, it is desirable to suitably protect them with protective groups of oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, respectively, before the reaction and to remove the protective groups after the reaction.
As the protective groups suitable for oxo, hydroxyl, amino or imino, those respective protective groups as described in relation to the production process 1 are applicable as they are.
The reaction of a compound expressed by the general formula[IV-1a] or salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [VII] or salt thereof is usually carried out using a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-5 mols, of the compound of the formula [VII] or salt thereof, per mol of the compound of the formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof, in an inert solvent which is not detrimental to the reaction.
As such inert solvent, for example, ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, chlorobenzene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane and dichloroethane; and aprotic polar solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide, N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; or mixtures of the foregoing can be used, among which chloroform and acetonitrile are preferred.
For smooth progress, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of base and/or a reaction assistant.
As the base, for example, alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium hydrogencarbonate; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; tertiary aliphatic amines such as trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-dimethylaniline, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) and 1,5-diazabicyclo-[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN); and aromatic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, picoline, lutidine, quinoline and isoquinouine can be used. Of those, potassium carbonate, diethylamine, triethylamine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine are preferred.
The use rate of the base is usually a mol or molar excess, preferably 1-3 mols, per mol of the compound of the formula [IV-1a].
As assistant useful for the reaction, for example, alkali metal iodides such as lithium iodide, sodium iodide and potassium iodide may be named. Of these, potassium iodide is preferred.
The use rate of the assistant is usually from catalytic to excessive amount, preferably from catalytic amount to one equivalent, to the compound of the formula [IV-1a].
The reaction temperature may usually range from about 0° C. to the boiling point of the solvent or reagent which is used in the reaction, preferably from 20° C. to the solvent or reagent used in the reaction, and the reaction time may usually range from 10 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 1-10 hours.
Upon completion of the reaction, after removing the protective groups in the compound of the general formula [IV-3] where they are present; or where no protective group is present in the product, without such an intervening treatment, the product is processed in the usual manner or if necessary exchanged of the anions therein to produce a compound of the general formula [1-4].
For removing the protective groups and other post-treatments, those methods as described in the explanation of the production process 1 are applicable as they are, and for changing anions, the method as described as to above production process 4 is applicable as it is.
Isolation and purification of those compounds of the general formulae [I-1], [I-2], [I-3] or [I-4] which are obtained in above processes can be accomplished by customarily practiced separation means such as column chromatography using silica gel, adsorptive resins and the like, thin-layer chromatography, liquid chromatography, solvent extraction or recrystallization-reprecipitation, applied singly or in combination.
Compounds of the general formula [I-1] or [I-2] are convertible to pharmaceutically acceptable salts by customary means and conversely, conversion from the salts to free compounds can also be conducted following customary means.
As those compounds represented by general formulae [II], [III], [IV-1a], [V], [VI-1], [VI-2] or [VII], commercial products may be used, or they can be prepared by methods which are described in literature references (cf. M. Bodansky and M. A. Ondetti, Peptide Synthesis, Interscience, New York, 1966; F. M. Finn and K. Hofmann, The Proteins, Vol. 2, ed. by H. Nenrath and R. L. Hill, Academic Press Inc., New York, 1976; Nobuo Izumiya, et al., Peptide Gosei (synthesis), Maruzen Co., 1975; and Official Patent KOKAI (laid-open) Gazette, KOKAI No. Sho 62(1987)-215588), methods analogous to the above, methods described in the following or those used in working and referential examples given in this specification.




    
    
        [in the above formulae, P1 and P3 signify protective groups of amino or imino group; P2 signifies a protective group of imino group; Xa signifies carbonyl group; Ya signifies nitrogen atom; and k, m, n, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, R61a, R61b and s have the earlier defined significations].
    
    


This production method is that for producing the compounds represented by the general formula [III-1], according to which the compounds of the general formula [III-1] can be produced by the steps of having a compound of the general formula 2 act on a compound of the general formula 1 to form a compound of the general formula 3; removing therefrom the protective group P2 to form a compound 4 on which a compound of the general formula [V] is acted to form a compound of the general formula 5; removing therefrom the protective group P1 to form a compound 6 on which a compound of the general formula 7 is acted to form a compound of the general formula 8; and finally removing therefrom the protective group P3.
The step of preparing a compound 3 from a compound 1 and that of preparing a comound 3 from a compound 1 can each be conducted similarly to the step in the production process 1 of reacting a carboxylic acid of the general formula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof with a compound of the general formula [III] or salt thereof, and hence the reaction conditions earlier described about the reaction can be applied.
As examples of the protective groups P1, P2 or P3 for amino or imino group, those used as to the production process 1 can be named.
Steps for removing said protective groups can each be conducted following those methods taught in the literature references cited in respect of said production process 1.
The step of producing a compound 5 from a compound 4 can be conducted in the manner similar to the step of reacting a compound of the general formula [IV-1a] or salt thereof with a compound of the general formula [V] in the production process 2, and hence similar conditions are applicable as the reaction conditions.
Furthermore, as those compounds expressed by the general formulae 1, 2 or 7, either thosechemicals on the market may be used or they may be prepared according to known processes, those described in the working or referential examples given in this specification or those analogous thereto, if necessary in suitable combinations.




    
    
        [in which k, m, n, P1, P2, P3, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, s, Xa and Ya have the earlier defined significations].
    
    


This production method is that for preparing the compounds represented by the general formula [III-2]. According to this method, the compounds of the general formula [III-2] can be produced by the steps of converting a compound of the general formula 3 to one of the general formula 9 by removing the protective group P1 from the former; having a compound of the general formula 7 act on said compound 9 to form a compound of the general formula 10; and finally removing the protective group P3 from said compound 10.
The step of preparing a compound 10 from a compound 9 can be conducted similarly to the step in the production process 1 of reacting a carboxylic acid of the general formula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof with a compound of the general formula [III] or salt thereof, and hence the reaction conditions earlier described about the reaction can be applied.
Steps for removing the protective groups of amino or imino, which are expressed as P1 or P3 can each be conducted following those methods taught in the literature references cited in respect of said production process 1.




    
    
        [in which Ra stands for lower alkyl; and Ar1p, Ar2p, Ar3p, k, m, n, P1, P2, R1p, R2p, R3p, R4p, R5p, s, Xa and Ya have the earlier defined significations]
    
    


This production method is that for producing the compounds represented by the general formula [IV-1aa], according to which the compounds of the general formula [IV-1aa] can be produced by the steps of having a compound of the general formula 12 act on a compound of the general formula 11 to form a compound of the general formula 13; removing therefrom the protective group P1 to form a compound 14 on which a compound of the general formula [II] is acted to form a compound of the general formula 15; removing therefrom the lower alkyl Ra to form a compound 16 on which a compound of the general formula 2 is acted to form a compound of the general formula [IV-1c]; and finally removing therefrom the protective group P2.
The step of preparing a compound 13 from a compound 11 that of preparing a compound 15 from a compound 14 and that of preparing a compound [IV-1c] from a compound 16 can each be conducted similarly to the step in the production process 1 of reacting a carboxylic acid of the general formula [II] or salt or reactive derivative thereof with a compound of the general formula [III] or salt thereof, and hence the reaction conditions earlier described about the reaction can be applied.
Steps for removing said protective groups of amino or imino, which are expressed as P1 or P2, and for removing the lower alkyl expressed as Ra can each be conducted following those methods taught in the literature references cited in respect of said production process 1.
Furthermore, as those compounds expressed by the general formulae 11 or 12, either thosechemicals on the market may be used or they may be prepared according to known processes, those described in the working or referential examples given in this specification or those analogous thereto, if necessary in suitable combinations.
Utility of those compounds of the present invention is demonstrated by the following results of the tests on inhibition of binding to muscarinic receptors and those on antagonism against various muscarinic receptors.
Tests on Inhibition of Binding to Muscarinic Receptors
These tests were performed according to a modification of the method of Hargreaves, et al. (Br. J. Pharmacol. 107: 494-501, 1992). Namely, muscarinic acetylcholine receptors of human m1, m2, m3, m4 and m5 expressed in CHO cells (Receptor Biology, Inc.) were incubated with 0.2 nM [3H]-N-methylscopolamine (82Ci/mmol, New England Nuclear, Inc.) and a test compound to be tested in 0.5 ml of 50 mM Tris-HCl, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EDTA solution (pH 7.4) for 120 minutes at room temperature (about 20-25° C.), followed by suction filtration over a glass filter (UniFilter plate-GF/C; Packard). Then the filter was washed four times with 1 ml of ice-cold Tris-HCl buffer and dried at 50° C. for an hour. After adding a scintillator (Microscinti 0; Packard), the radioactivity of [3H]-N-methylscopolamine binding to the filter was counted with a microplate scintillation counter (TopCountTM; Packard). Non-specific receptor binding of [3H]-N-methylscopolamine was measured by adding 1 μM N-methylscopolamine. According to the method of Cheng and Prusoff (Biochem. Pharmacol. 22: 3099-3108, 1973), the binding affinity of a compound of the present invention for muscarinic receptors is expressed by dissociation constant (Ki) which is calculated from the concentration (IC50) of the test compound which achieves 50% inhibition of binding of [3H]-N-methylscopolamine, the labeled ligand. The results are shown in Tables 1-1 and 1-2.







TABLE 1-1







Inhibitory Effects on Binding to Muscarinic


m1, m2, m3, m4 and m5 Receptors










Ki(nM)
Selectivity (times)
















Compound
m1
m2
m3
m4
m5
m1/m3
m2/m3
m4/m3
m5/m3



















Example 6
860
250
1.8
66
82
480
140
37
46


Example 12
140
34
0.38
18
32
370
89
47
84


Example 19
270
30
0.75
8.1
19
360
40
11
25


Example 28
130
85
1.2
36
220
110
71
30
180
















TABLE 1-2







Inhibitory Effects on Binding to Muscarinic


m1, m2, m3, m4 and m5 Receptors










Ki(nM)
Selectivity (times)
















Compound
m1
m2
m3
m4
m5
m1/m3
m2/m3
m4/m3
m5/m3



















Example 133
>2500
810
3.2
140
1600
>780
250
44
500


Example 144
110
110
1.3
27
230
85
85
21
180


Example 146
1200
1000
15
360
490
80
67
24
33


Example 150
150
490
4.7
310
850
32
100
66
180


Example 151
450
460
3.5
74
890
130
130
21
250









As is clear from the results indicated in above Tables 1-1 and 1-2, those compounds of the present invention exhibited far higher binding-inhibitory activity to m3 receptor, than to m1, m2, m4 and m5 receptors.
Tests for Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptors (in vitro)


    1) Test for Antagonism to M2 Receptor in Isolated Rat Right Atrium


The test was performed according to a conventional method. Male SD strain rats (weighing 300-500 g) were killed by exsanguination, and from each of them the right atrium was isolated. Each preparation was isometrically suspended in a Magnus tube filled with 20 ml of Krebs-Henseleit solution (gassed with 95% O2-5% CO2 and kept at 32° C.) with an initial tension of 0.5 g. The heart rate was recorded with a heart rate counter. After the preparation was equilibrated for 30 minutes, carbachol (10−9 to 10−6 M) was cumulatively administered from a low concentration to three-fold increasing doses and accompanying decrease in heart rate was measured to obtain a dose-responsecurve for the control experiment. Afterthe preparation was washed with fresh solution to restore the heart rate, a test compound was administered thereto. Ten minutes later, carbachol was cumulatively administered again. Responses to carbachol were expressed as percentages based on the heart rate before administration of carbachol as 100%. The antagonistic potency (KB value) of the test compound was determined from the degree of shift of the dose-responsecurve attributable to the treatment with individual test compound of the present invention. The results were as shown in Tables 2-1 and 2-2.

    2) Test for Antagonism to the Airway M3 Receptor in Isolated Rat Trachea


The test was performed according to a conventional method. Male SD strain rats (weighing 300-500 g) were killed by exsanguination, and from each of them the trachea was isolated. Annular segments (2 mm wide) were cut out from the trachea and cut transversely at the anterior cartilage part to make open ring preparation. Each preparation was suspended in a Magnus tube filled with 5 ml of Krebs-Henseleit solution (gassed with 95% O2-5% CO2 and kept at 32° C.) with an initial tension of 1.0 g and a resting tension of 0.6 g. The tension of the preparation was recorded isometrically. After being equilibrated for an hour, the preparation was made to contract twice by treatment with 10−4 M carbachol, and the second contraction induced by carbachol was used as the reference contraction. After washing the preparation with fresh solution to restore it to the base line, a test compound was administered thereto (or no treatment was given). Ten minutes later, carbachol (10−8 to 10−3 M) was cumulatively administered in three-fold increasing doses to obtain a dose-response curve. The dose-responsecurve was plotted by expressing responses as percentages based on the reference contraction of the preparation as 100%. The antagonistic potency (KB value) of the test compound was determined from the degree of shift of the dose-responsecurve attributable to the treatment with the test compound. The results were as shown in Tables 2-1 and 2-2.







TABLE 2-1







Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptors (in vitro)










KB(nM)
Selectivity (times)










Compound
Right Atrium M2
Trachea M3
M2/M3





Example 12
160
2.3
70
















TABLE 2-2







Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptors (in vitro)










KB(nM)
Selectivity (times)










Compound
Right Atrium M2
Trachea M3
M2/M3





Example 133
41
0.71
58









As is clear from the results indicated in above Tables 2-1 and 2-2, the compounds of the present invention exhibited far more powerful antagonism to the trachea M3 receptor than to the right atrium M2 receptor. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention are more selective for trachea M3 receptor.
Tests for Antagonism Against Muscarinic Receptors (in vivo)


    1) Test for Antagonism to M1 Receptor (Inhibitory Effects on McNeil-A-343-induced Vasopressor Reaction in Cervical Vertebrae-separated Rats)


Male SD strain rats (weighing 300-500 g) were anesthetized with intraperitoneal administration of pentobarbital (50 mg/kg). Each rat's airway was cannulated by laryngotomy. Also by femoral incision, femoral artery and vein were isolated each and cannulated, which were used as routes for heart rate counting and chemical administration, respectively. Using a pulmotor for small animals (Type 7025, Ugo Basile Co.), artificial respiration was conducted under the conditions of ventilation rate of 6 ml/kg per breath and respiration rate of 90 breaths/min. The heart rate and blood pressure variations were measured with a heart rate counter (AT-601 G, Nippon Koden Co.) and a tonometer (AP-641G, Nippon Koden Co.), via a pressure transducer (DX-312, Nippon Koden Co.). After the blood pressure was stabilized, the cervical vertebrae was separated with an injection needle pricked from the occipital region. Afterthe average blood pressure dropped to not higher than 70 mmHg, test compound (test compound-treated group) or isotonic sodium chloride solution (control group) was intravenously administered. Five (5) minutes thereafter, McNeil-A-343 (0.3 mg/kg) was intravenously administered, and whereby induced hypertension variation was recorded. In this experiment one-dose evaluation per one animal was conducted. The inhibitory effect (inhibition ratio) of the test compound on the McNeil-A-343-induced vasopressor reaction was determined by the following equation:




  
    Inhibition
    ⁢
    
      
    
    ⁢
    ratio
    ⁢
    
      
    
    ⁢
    
      (
      %
      )
    
  
  =
  
    
      (
      
        1
        -
        
          
            blood
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            pressure
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            variation
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            in
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            test
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            compound
            ⁢
            
              -
            
            ⁢
            treated
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            group
          
          
            blood
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            pressure
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            variation
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            in
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            control
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            group
          
        
      
      )
    
    ×
    100
  




The 50% inhibition dose (ED50; μg/kg) was calculated from the inhibition ratio of each dose of the tested compound. The results were as shown in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 as the antagonism to M1 receptor of the tested compounds.

    2) Test for Antagonism to M2 Receptor (Inhibitory Effects to Acetylcholine-induced Bradycardia Reaction in Rats)


Male SD strain rats (weighing 300-500 g) were anesthetized with urethane (1 g/kg) and α-chloralose (50 mg/kg) administered intraperitoneally. The airway, carotid artery and vein of each rat were isolated by laryngotomy and cannulated. The carotid artery and vein cannulae were made the routes for heart rate counting and drug administration. After suppressing the rats' spontaneous respiration by hypodermic administration of succinylcholine (5 mg/body), artificial ventilation was conducted under the conditions of ventilation rate of 6 ml/kg per breath and respiration rate of 90 breaths/min., using a pulmotor for small animals (Model 681, Harvard Co.). The variations in heart rate and blood pressure were measured with a heart rate counter (AP-601G, Nippon Koden Co.) and a tonometer (AP-641G, Nippon Koden Co.), via a pressure transducer (DX-312, Nippon Koden Co.). After about 10 minutes' stabilization period, heart rate change was induced by intravenous administration of acetylcholine (10 μg/kg), and the mean value of the change was recorded as the value before the drug administration (pre-value) of the body. After calculating the pre-values, the test compound (test compound-treated group) or isotonic sodium chloride solution (control group) was intravenously administered. Five minutes thereafter, acetylcholine was intravenously administered and whereby induced change in the heart rate was recorded. In this experiment, one-dosage evaluation was conducted per one animal of the tested rats. The change in acetylcholine-induced bradycardia reaction (% of pre-value) caused by the test compound and isotonic sodium chloride solution was determined by the following Equatin 1:



  
    Equation   1:
  




  
    
      Percent
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      of
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      
        pre-value
      
    
    =
    
      

    
    ⁢
    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  
                    heart
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    rate
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    change
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    after
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    administration
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    of
                  
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                
              
            
            
              
                
                  test
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  compound
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  
                    (
                    
                      isotonic
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      sodium
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      chloride
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      solution
                    
                    )
                  
                
              
            
          
          ⁢
          
            
          
        
        
          
            
              
                heat
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                rate
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                change
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                before
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                administration
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                
                  (
                  
                    pre-value
                  
                  )
                
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                of
              
            
          
          
            
              
                
                  test   compound 
                
                ⁢
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                
                  (
                  
                    isotonic   sodium   chloride   solution
                  
                  )
                
              
            
          
        
      
      ×
      100
    
  



The inhibitory effect (inhibition ratio) of each test compound on the acetylcholine-induced bradycardia reaction was determined according to the following Equation 2:



  
    Equation   2:
  




  
    
      Inhibition
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      ratio
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      
        (
        %
        )
      
    
    =
    
      
        (
        
          1
          -
          
            
              %
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              of
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              pre
              ⁢
              
                -
              
              ⁢
              value
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              
                (
                
                  test
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  compound
                  ⁢
                  
                    -
                  
                  ⁢
                  treated
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  group
                
              
            
            
              %
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              of
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              pre
              ⁢
              
                -
              
              ⁢
              value
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              
                (
                
                  control
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  group
                
                )
              
            
          
        
        )
      
      ×
      100
    
  



Fifty (50%) inhibition dose (ED50; μg/kg) was calculated from the inhibition ratio of each dose of the tested compound. The results were as shown in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 as the antagonism to M2 receptor of tested compounds.

    3) Test for Antagonism to Muscarinic M3 Receptor (Inhibitory Effects on Acetylcholine-induced Airway Resistance-increasing Reaction in Rats)


Male SD strain rats (weighing 300-500 g) were anesthetized with urethane (1 g/kg) and α-chloralose (50 mg/kg) administered intraperitoneally. The airway and carotid artery of each rat were isolated by laryngotomy and cannulated. The carotid artery cannula was used as the test compound administration route. After suppressing spontaneous respiration by hypodermic administration of succinylcholine (5 mg/body), the rats were transferred into Plethysmograph-box (PLYAN, Buxco) and artificially ventilated under the conditions of ventilation rate of 6 ml/kg per breath and respiration rate of 90 breaths/min., using a pulmotor for small animals (Model 681, Harvard Co.). Measurements of air rate and intracellular pressure, calculation of airway resistance and lung compliance and their recording were conducted with lung function analyzer (Model 6, Buxco). After about 10 minutes' stabilization period, the change in airway resistance induced by intravenous administration of acetylcholine (50 μg/kg) was measured twice at 5 minutes' interval. The change in airway resistance induced by the second acetylcholine administration was recorded as the pre-administration of the tested rat (pre-value). Five (5) minutes afterthe second acetylcholine-induced reaction measurement, the test compound or isotonic sodium chloride solution was intravenously administered. Five (5) minutes thereafter, acetylcholine was administered and whereby induced airway resistance change was measured. In this experiment, one-dosage evaluation was conducted per one animal of the tested rats. The changes in acetylcholine-induced airway resistance-increasing reaction (% of pre-value) caused by the tested compound and isotonic sodium chloride solution were calculated by the following Equation 1:



  
    Equation   1:
  




  
    
      Percent
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      of
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      
        pre-value
      
    
    =
    
      

    
    ⁢
    
      
        
          
            
              
                
                  change
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  in
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  airway
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  resistance
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  after
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  administration
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  of
                
              
            
            
              
                
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  
                    test
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    compound
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    
                      (
                      
                        isotonic
                        ⁢
                        
                          
                        
                        ⁢
                        sodium
                        ⁢
                        
                          
                        
                        ⁢
                        chloride
                        ⁢
                        
                          
                        
                        ⁢
                        solution
                      
                      )
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
          ⁢
          
            
          
        
        
          
            
              
                
                  change
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  in
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  airway
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  resistance
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  before
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                      
                    
                    ⁢
                    
                      
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  administration
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  of
                
                ⁢
                
                  
                
              
            
          
          
            
              
                
                  
                
                ⁢
                
                  test
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  compound
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  
                    (
                    
                      isotonic
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      sodium
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      chloride
                      ⁢
                      
                        
                      
                      ⁢
                      solution
                    
                    )
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
      ×
      100
    
  



The inhibitory effect (inhibition ratio) of each test compound on the acetylcholine-induced airway resistance-increasing reaction was determined according to the following Equation 2.



  
    Equation   2:
  




  
    
      Inhibition
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      ratio
      ⁢
      
        
      
      ⁢
      
        (
        %
        )
      
    
    =
    
      
        (
        
          1
          -
          
            
              %
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              of
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              pre
              ⁢
              
                -
              
              ⁢
              value
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              
                (
                
                  test
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  compound
                  ⁢
                  
                    -
                  
                  ⁢
                  treated
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  group
                
              
            
            
              %
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              of
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              pre
              ⁢
              
                -
              
              ⁢
              value
              ⁢
              
                
              
              ⁢
              
                (
                
                  control
                  ⁢
                  
                    
                  
                  ⁢
                  group
                
                )
              
            
          
        
        )
      
      ×
      100
    
  



Fifty (50)% inhibition dose (ED50; μg/kg) was calculated from the inhibition ratio of each dose of the tested compound. The results were as shown in Tables 3-1 and 3-2 as the antagonism to M3 receptor of the tested compounds.







TABLE 3-1







Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptors (in vivo)










ED50 (μg/kg, i.v.)













vaso-

Airway




pressor
bradycardia
constriction
Selectivity (times)












Compound
M1
M2
M3
M1/M3
M2/M3















Example 12
>3000
1550
15
>200
100


atoropine
19
5.2
4.3
4.4
1.2
















TABLE 3-2







Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptors (in vivo)










ED50 (μg/kg, i.v.)













vaso-

Airway




pressor
bradycardia
constriction
Selectivity (times)












Compound
M1
M2
M3
M1/M3
M2/M3















Example 133
>300
114
2.1
>143
54


atoropine
19
5.2
4.3
4.4
1.2









As is clear from the results as shown in above Tables 3-1 and 3-2, the compounds of the present invention exhibited high M3 selectivity also in vivo.

    4) Test for Antagonism to M3 Receptor (Bronchodilation in Anesthetized Dogs)


The bronchodilation action of inhaled test compound was evaluated by measuring the compounds' inhibitory action on respiratory resistance-increasing reaction induced by a methacholine provocation test. For the experiment, 12 to 36 months old male beagle dogs (weighing 10-15 kg) were used. After being anesthetized by intravenous pentobarbital administration (30 mg/kg), the dogs were intubated cannulae in their trachea. After their respiration became stable, the cannulae were connected with Astograph (TCK-6100H, Chest) and a methacholine provocation test by 3 Hz oscillation method was conducted. The inhaling inducer, methacholine, was diluted with isotonic sodium chloride solution in 10-grade concentration levels starting from 40,000 μg/ml, successively as 20,000 to 10,000, 5,000, 2500, 1250, 625, 312.5, 156 and 78 μg/ml. The dogs were caused to inhale these methacholine solutions each for one minute starting from the one of low concentration with the nebulizer in the Astograph, and changes in respiratory resistance were continuously plotted. The methacholine concentration at which the respiratory resistance increased to twice the initial value was recorded as the methacholine reaction threshold value. Before evaluating the test compounds, the methacholine reaction threshold value1) under no drug treatment was measured at least twice at a week's interval, to select the dogs showing reproducible reaction.
The inhaling administration of each test compound (1 mg/ml) was conducted for 10 minutes under pentobarbital anesthetization (30 mg/kg, i.v.), with the nebulizer in the Astograph. Thereafter pentobarbital was additionally administered when necessary, to maintain the anesthetized condition. Four hours afterthe administration, a methacholine provocation test was conducted, to measure the methacholine reaction threshold value2) after administration of each test compound. The bronchodilator activity (shift value) of each tested compound was determined according to the following equation:




  
    Shift
    ⁢
    
      
    
    ⁢
    value
  
  =
  
    

  
  ⁢
  
    
      
        
          
            methacholine
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            reaction
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            threshold
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            
              value
              
                1
                )
              
            
          
        
      
      
        
          
            after
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            drug
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            administration
          
        
      
    
    
      
        
          
            methacholine
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            reaction
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            threshold
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            
              value
              
                2
                )
              
            
          
        
      
      
        
          
            without
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            drug
            ⁢
            
              
            
            ⁢
            administration
          
        
      
    
  











TABLE 4







Antagonism to Muscarinic Receptor


(in vivo: Anesthetized Dogs)











Shift (fold)




Airway



Compound
constriction M3














Example 133
20.2



Example 151
>40.0










As is clearly demonstrated in above Table 4, the compounds of the present invention exhibited powerful bronchodilation action and long duration of the action.
As above, the compounds of formula [I] of the present invention exhibit potent and selective antagonistic activity against muscarinic M3 receptor. Hence, they can be administered to patients orally or parenterally as safe pharmaceutics exhibiting little side effects, for treating, in particular, such respiratory diseases as chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, chronic bronchitis, asthma, chronic respiratory tract obstruction, fibroid lung, pulmonary emphysema and rhinitis; digestive diseases such as irritable bowel syndrome, convulsive colitis; gastroduodental ulcer, convulsion or hyperanakinesia of digestive tract, diverticulitis and pain accompanying contraction of smooth muscles of the digestive system; urinary diseases accompanied by dysuria like urinary incontinence, urgency and pollakiuria in nervous pollakiuria, neurogenic bladder, nocturnal enuresis, unstable bladder, cystospasm and chronic cystisis; and motion sickness.
For actual use of thosecompounds of the present invention for therapeutic treatment or prophylaxis of diseases as exemplified above, they may be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvants in the usual manner to formulate pharmaceutical preparations of forms suitable for administration. For this purpose, there can be used a variety of adjuvants which are commonly used in the field of pharmaceutics. Such adjuvants include, for example, gelatin, lactose, sucrose, titanium oxide, starch, crystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulosecarboxymethylcellulosecorn starch, microcrystalline wax, white petrolatum, magnesium aluminate metasilicate, anhydrous calcium phosphate, citric acid, trisodium citrate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sorbitol, sorbitan fatty acid ester, polysorbate, sucrose fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene, hardened castor oil, polyvinylpyrrolidone, magnesium stearate, light anhydrous silicic acid, talc, vegetable oil, benzyl alcohol, gum arabic, propylene glycol, polyalkylene glycol, cyclodextrin and hydroxy-propylcyclodextrin.
The dosage forms of pharmaceutical preparations formulated using these adjuvants include solid preparations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders and suppositories; and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs and injections. These preparations may be formulated according to conventional techniques well-known in the field of pharmaceutics. Liquid preparations may be in a form which is dissolved or suspended in water or other suitable medium prior to use. In particular, injections may be in the form of a solution or suspension in physiological saline solution or a glucose solution, or in powder form to be dissolved or suspended in physiological saline or a glucose solution prior to use. If desired, such injections may contain buffer agents and/or preservatives.
As preparations for oral administration, such formulation forms, besides ordinary tablets, capsules, granules, powders and the like, aerosols or dry powders for inhalation, elixiers or suspensions containing spices or coloring agents may be employed.
In these pharmaceutical preparations, a compound in accordance with the present invention may be present at a ratio of from 1.0 to 100% by weight, preferably 1.0 to 60% by weight, based on the total weight of individual preparation. These pharmaceutical preparations may additionally contain other therapeutically effective compounds.
When the compounds of the present invention are used as drugs, their dosage level and dosage schedule may vary according to the sex, age, body weight, severity of symptoms of individual patient, type and range of the desired therapeutic effect, and the like. Generally for oral administration, they are preferably administered in a daily dose of 0.1 to 100 mg/kg for adults and this daily dose may be given at a time or in several divided doses. For parenteral administration, they are preferably administered in a daily dose of 0.001 to 10 mg/kg which may be given at a time or in several divided doses.
Optimum Embodiments for Practicing the Invention
Hereinafterthe present invention is more specifically explained with reference to working examples, it being understood that the examples are in no way limitative of the scope of the invention.


EXAMPLE 1
N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}-acetylamino)propionate
To a solution of 1.5 g of ethyl 3-aminopropionate monohydrochloride and 1.7 g of 2-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}acetic acid in 50 ml of chloroform, 1.6 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate, 2.3 g of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide monohydrochloride and 1.4 ml of triethylamine were added at room temperature by the order stated, and stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, and washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, 10% aqueous citric acid solution and saturated saline solution, by the order stated, and dried on anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distlled off under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate=1/4) to provide 2.0 g of the title compound.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of ethyl 3-{(2-aminoacetyl)amino}propionate monohydrochloride
2.0 Grams of ethyl 3-(2-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}-acetylamino)propionate were dissolved in 30 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol and stirred for 15 hours at room temperature. Upon distilling the reaction liquid off under reduced pressure, 1.52 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}-acetylamino)propionate
To a solution of 1.52 g of ethyl 3-{(2-aminoacetyl)amino}-propionate monohydrochloride and 2.18 g of 3,3,3-triphenylpropionic acid in 20 ml of chloroform, 1.46 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate, 2.07 g of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide monohydrochloride and 2.0 ml of triethylamine were successively added at room temperature by the order stated, followed by 2 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed successively with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, 1N-hydrochloric acid and water, and filtered through cerite. The filtrate was dried on anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate=4/1-chloroform/methanol=10/1) to provide 1.7 g of the title compound.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of 3-(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}acetylamino)propionic acid
1.7 Grams of ethyl 3-(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}-acetylamino)propionate was dissolved in a mixed liquid consisting of 70 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 20 ml of methanol. To the solution 5.0 ml of 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was rendered acidic by addition of 1N hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline solution and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Upon distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 1.10 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 5)
Synthesis of N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-pyperidyl}methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
To a solution of 0.55 g of (3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine and 1.1 g of 3-(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}acetylamino)propionic acid in 10 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide, 0.52 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate and 0.75 g of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide monohydrochloride were successively added at room temperature, and stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature. Then 2.0 ml of triethylamine and 10 ml of chloroform were added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, 10% aqueous citric acid solution and saturated saline solution, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: chloroform/methanol=19/1) to provide 1.41 g of the title compound.
(Step 6)
Synthesis of N-(2-{3-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide monohydrochloride
Using N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide, the title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 2 of Example 1.
(Step 7)
Synthesis of N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}-methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
To a solution of 200 mg of N-(2-{3-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide monohydrochloride in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 0.10 ml of 2-methylbutanal and 230 mg of sodium triacetoxyborohydrate were successively added at room temperature, followed by 2 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated saline solution, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and the resultant residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: chloroform/methanol=19/1-4/1), to provide 158 mg of the title compound as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.89(3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.90 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.95-1.20(2H, m), 1.32-1.50(1H, m), 1.50-2.42(11H, m), 2.60-2.95(2H, m), 3.05-3.25(2H, m), 3.34-3.50(2H, m), 3.55(2H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 3.56-3.72(2H, m), 5.75-5.98(1H, m), 6.29-6.65(2H, m), 7.10-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H48N4O3+H)+): 597
EXAMPLE 2
N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(2-ethylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using 2-ethylbutanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85(6H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 0.94-2.46 (16H, m), 2.75-3.01(2H, m), 3.01-3.22(2H, m), 3.32-3.43 (2H, m), 3.56(2H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 3.58-3.71(2H, m), 5.80-6.05 (1H, m), 6.33-6.75(2H, m), 7.13-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H50N4O3+H)+): 611
EXAMPLE 3
N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(2-methylpentyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylprepanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using 2-methylpentanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-0.98(6H, m), 0.98-1.18(2H, m), 1.18-1.50(4H, m), 1.51-1.99(10H, m), 2.65-3.26(4H, m), 3.30-3.49(2H, m), 3.56(2H, d, J=5.4 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=15.8 Hz), 3.66(1H, d, J=15.8 Hz), 5.80-6.15(1H, m), 6.32-6.75(2H, m), 7.12-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H50N4O3+H)+): 611
EXAMPLE 4
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using propionaldehyde. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 0.82-1.05(1H, m), 1.21-2.05(8H, m), 2.20-2.45(4H, m), 2.69-2.91(2H, m), 2.98-3.25(2H, m), 3.32-3.45(2H, m), 3.49 (1H, dd, J=5.5, 16.7 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=5.5, 16.7 Hz), 3.63 (1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.65(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 5.75-5.90(1H, m), 5.90-6.10(1H, m), 6.20-6.32(1H, m), 7.15-7.37(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C35H44N4O3+H)+): 569
EXAMPLE 5
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-butyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-butylaldehyde. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.91(3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 0.80-2.06(10H, m), 2.10-2.64(5H, m), 2.90-3.30(4H, m), 3.37(2H, q, J=5.9 Hz), 3.45-3.65(2H, m), 3.64 (1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.67(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 6.31-6.49(1H, m), 6.58-6.83(2H, m), 7.10-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C36H46N4O3+H)+): 583
EXAMPLE 6
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-pentyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using valeraldehyde. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.89(3H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 0.91-2.70(17H, m), 2.96-3.25(4H, m), 3.37(2H, q, J=6.0 Hz), 3.57(2H, d, J=5.4 Hz), 3.65(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.66 (1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 6.53(1H, t, J=5.4 Hz), 6.84(1H, t, J=5.8 Hz), 6.92(1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 7.09-7.36(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H48N4O3+H)+): 597
EXAMPLE 7
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-hexyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-hexanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 0.91-1.82(11H, m), 1.95-2.70(8H, m), 2.95-3.20(4H, m), 3.37(2H, q, J=6.0 Hz), 3.57(2H, d, J=5.7 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.67(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 6.38-6.50(1H, m), 6.67-6.88(2H, m), 7.10-7.37(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H50N4O3+H)+): 611
EXAMPLE 8
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-heptanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 0.90-2.70(21H, m), 2.95-3.18(4H, m), 3.38(2H, q, J=6.1 Hz), 3.55(1H, dd, J=5.6, 16.5 Hz), 3.59(1H, dd, J=5.6, 16.5 Hz), 3.65(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.67(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 6.39 (1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 6.59-6.85(2H, m), 7.10-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H52N4O3+H)+): 625
EXAMPLE 9
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-octyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylproyanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-octanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.73(23H, m), 0.88 (3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 2.90-3.25(4H, m), 3.29-3.48(2H, m), 3.59 (2H, d, J=5.6H), 3.65(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.68 (1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 6.25-6.42(1H, m), 6.51-6.5(2H, m), 7.10-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H54N4O3+H)+): 639
EXAMPLE 10
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-nonyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-nonanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 0.80-2.73(25H, m), 2.90-3.25(4H, m), 3.28-3.50(2H, m), 3.59(2H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 3.65(1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 3.68 (1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 6.18-6.40(1H, m), 6.48-6.85(2H, m), 7.07-7.56(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H56N4O3+H)+): 653
EXAMPLE 11
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-decyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyy}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using n-decanal. The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.71(30H, m), 2.88-3.25 (4H, m), 3.37(2H, q, J=5.9 Hz), 3.57(2H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=5.0 Hz), 3.67(1H, d, J=5.0 Hz), 6.49(1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 6.75-6.95(2H, m), 7.11-7.40(15H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H58N4O3+H)+): 667
EXAMPLE 12
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenyloropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using cyclohexanecarbaldehyde. The product was obtained in the form of a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.81-1.80(17H, m), 1.97-2.08 (3H, m), 2.28-2.32(2H, m), 2.59-2.65(2H, m), 3.12-3.17(2H, m), 3.37-3.46(2H, m), 3.51-3.55(2H, m), 3.64(2H, s), 5.60-5.64 (1H, m), 6.10-6.20(1H, m), 6.26-6.30(1H, m), 7.19-7.33(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H50N4O3+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 13
N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(1-cyclohepten-1-ylmethyl)-3-piperidyl}-methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using 1-cycloheptenecarbaldehyde (cf. WO 9633973). The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.95-2.40(21H, m), 2.70-3.25 (4H, m), 3.40(2H, q, J=5.9 Hz), 3.56(2H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 3.64 (1H, d, J=15.7 Hz), 3.66(1H, d, J=15.7 Hz), 5.71-6.81(4H, m), 7.09-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H50N4O3+H)+): 635
EXAMPLE 14
N-(2-{3-({(3R)-1-(1-cyclononen-1-ylmethyl)-3-piperidyl}-methyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1, using 1-cyclononenecarbaldehyde (cf. WO 9804554). The product was obtained in the form of a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.41(25H, m), 2.51-3.47 (6H, m), 3.56(2H, d, J=5.4 Hz), 3.65(1H, d, J=15.9 Hz), 3.66(1H, d, J=15.9 Hz), 5.38-6.83(4H, m), 7.05-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H54N4O3+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 15
N-{2-(3-{((3S)-1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 5 and 6 of Example 1 and Example 8, using (3S)-3-amimomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The product was obtained as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 0.80-2.02 (17H, m), 2.20-2.41(4H, m), 2.70-2.90(2H, m), 2.90-3.20 (2H, m), 3.35-3.45(2H, m), 3.47(1H, dd, J=5.5, 16.6 Hz), 3.57(1H, dd, J=5.5, 16.6 Hz), 3.62(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 6.09(1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 6.18-6.35(1H, m), 6.48(1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 7.10-7.39(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H52N4O3+H)+): 625
EXAMPLE 16
N-{2-(3-{((3S)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 5 and 6 of Example 1 and Example 12, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.81-1.80(17H, m), 1.97-2.08 (3H, m), 2.28-2.32(2H, m), 2.59-2.65(2H, m), 3.12-3.17(2H, m), 3.37-3.46(2H, m), 3.51-3.55(2H, m), 3.64(2H, s), 5.60-5.64 (1H, m), 6.10(1H, brs), 6.26-6.30(1H, m), 7.19-7.33(15H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e,as (C39H50N4O3+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 17
N-{(1S)-2-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(2-carbamoylethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}mehyl)propanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 5 of Example 1, using N-benzyloxycarbonyl-β-alanine.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide
To a solution of 1.84 g of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)propanamide in 2 ml of chloroform, 2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was rendered basic with 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Extracting the product with chloroform, the product was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Upon distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 1.26 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide
To a solution of 600 mg of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide in 3 ml of methanol, a solution of 150 mg of sodium cyanoborohydrate and 160 mg of zinc chloride in 8.1 ml of methanol, and 0.30 ml of cyclohexanecarbaldehyde were added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate and successively washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated saline, followed by drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Upon distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 775 mg of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of 3-amino-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide
To a solution of 770 mg of 3-(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide in 12 ml of methanol, 0.5 ml of 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol and 15 mg of 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon catalyst were added, followed by 44 hours' stirring under 3 atmospheres of hydrogen. Filtering the catalyst off, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was rendered weakly basic with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The product was extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: chloroform-chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/10/1) to provide 391 mg of the title compound.
(Step 5)
Synthesis of (2S)-2-amino-N5-triphenylmethyl-N1-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)-pentanediamide monohydrochloride
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 5-6 of Example 1, using 3-amino-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexyl-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide and N-α-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-γ-triphenylmethyl-L-glutamine.
(Step 6)
Synthesis of N-{(1S)-2-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(2-carbamoylethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
To a solution of 84 mg of (2S)-2-amino-N5-triphenylmethyl-N1-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)pentanediamide monohydrochloride in 1.5 ml of chloroform, 0.052 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine was added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. Then 39 mg of 3,3,3-triphenylpropionic acid, 24 mg of 1-hydroxy-benzotriazole monohydrate and 31 mg of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide monohydrochloride were added at room temperature by the order stated, followed by 17 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was rendered weakly basic with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off, the resultant residue was dissolved in 1 ml of chloroform, and to the solution 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added at room temperature, followed by 20 minutes' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was rendered weakly basic with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was purified with preparative thin layer chromatography (KieselgelTM60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=90/10/1) to provide 43 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CD3OD, δppm): 0.80-2.00(22H, m), 2.06-2.18 (2H, m), 2.23-2.33(2H, m), 2.73-2.87(2H, m), 2.90-3.08 (2H, m), 3.20-3.38(2H, m), 3.58(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.86 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.84-3.91(1H, m), 7.10-7.28(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H55N5O4+H)+): 694
EXAMPLE 18
N-{(1R)-2-(3-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(2-carbamoylethyl)-2-oxoethyl})-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of 3-amino-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 1-4 of Example 17, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of N-{(1R)-2-(3-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(2-carbamoylethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 5-6 of Example 17 using 3-amino-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide and N-α-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-γ-triphenylmethyl-D-glutamine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CD3OD, δppm): 0.80-0.98(3H, m), 1.15-1.32 (3H, m), 1.47-2.00(16H, m), 2.13(2H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 2.31 (2H, t, J=6.4 Hz), 2.86-2.87(2H, m), 2.98-3.04(2H, m), 3.30-3.37(2H, m), 3.58(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.86 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.87-3.91(1H, m), 7.13-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H55N5O4+H)+): 694
EXAMPLE 19
N-{(1S)-2-(3-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 5 of Example 17 and Step 3 of Example 1, using (tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-imidazole-benzyloxycarbonyl-L-histidine. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.73-2.00(20H, m), 2.02-2.28 (4H, m), 2.55-2.64(1H, m), 2.67-2.98(3H, m), 3.15-3.33 (2H, m), 3.60-3.77(2H, m), 4.25-4.34(1H, m), 6.18-6.40 (2H, m), 6.69(1H, s), 7.15-7.50(16H, m), 7.44(1H, s)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H54N6O3+H)+): 703
EXAMPLE 20
N-{(1R)-2-(3-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 19, using 3-amino-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide and N-α, imidazole-di-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-histidine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-1.80(19H, m), 1.80-1.98 (1H, m), 2.03-2.22(4H, m), 2.56-2.64(1H, m), 2.66-2.92(3H, m), 3.13-3.32(2H, m), 3.62-3.75(2H, m), 4.25-4.34(1H, m), 6.36-6.52(1H, m), 6.57(1H, s), 6.55-6.70(1H, m), 7.14-7.32 (16H, m), 7.41(1H, s)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H54N6O3+H)+): 703
EXAMPLE 21
N-{(1S)-2-(3-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 19, using 3-amino-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}propanamide and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-homoserine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.90(2H, m), 0.92-1.07(1H,m), 1.10-1.98(17H, m), 2.03-2.10(2H, m), 2.25-2.34(2H, m), 2.60-2.70(2H, m), 3.02-3.21(3H, m), 3.33-3.44(3H, m), 3.51-3.58(1H, m), 3.67-3.79(2H, m), 4.18-4.27(1H, m), 6.16-6.22(1H, m), 6.22-6.34(1H, m), 6.67-6.75(1H, m), 7.15-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H54N4O4+H)+): 667
EXAMPLE 22
N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-N-methyl-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-6 of Example 1 and Example 8, using N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-glycine. The compound was obtained as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.79-2.00(20H, m), 2.17-3.81 (17H, m), 5.80-6.75(2H, m), 7.10-7.35(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H54N4O3+H)+): 639
EXAMPLE 23
N-{2-(3-{(1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-N-methyl-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 22, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a colorless solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.79-2.00(20H, m), 2.17-3.81 (17H, m), 5.80-6.75(2H, m),7.10-7.35(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H54N4O3+H)+): 639
EXAMPLE 24
N-{6-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of methyl 6-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}-hexanoate
1.28 Grams of 6-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}hexanoic acid was dissolved in a liquid mixture of 9 ml of chloroform and 3 ml of methanol. To the solution 1.27 g of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide monohydrochloride and 7 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine were successively added at room temperature, followed by 2 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 1.03 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of N-{6-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 2-5 of Example 1 and Step 2 of Example 17, using methyl 6-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}hexanoate. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.98-1.82(12H, m), 2.06 (2H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.31(1H, t, J=11.0 Hz), 2.52-2.62(1H, m), 2.87-3.06(4H, m), 3.10(2H, q, J=6.6 Hz), 3.55(2H, s), 4.87-4.96(1H, m), 5.65-5.72(1H, m), 7.15-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C33H41N3O2+H)+): 512
EXAMPLE 25
N-{6-({(3R)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using N-{6-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide and 2-methylbutanal. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.84-0.91(6H, m), 0.95-1.16 (6H, m), 1.36-2.19(14H, m), 2.59-2.72(2H, m), 2.87-2.95 (2H, m), 3.09-3.27(2H, m), 3.56(2H,s), 4.82-4.90(1H, m), 5.80-5.92(1H, m), 7.18-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H51N3O2+H)+): 582
EXAMPLE 26
N-{6-({(3R)-1-(2-methylpentyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 25, using 2-methylpentanal. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85-0.95(6H, m), 0.97-1.16 (6H, m), 1.18-2.22(16H, m), 2.62-2.78(2H, m), 2.87-2.94 (2H, m), 3.08-3.25(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.80-4.88(1H, m), 5.80-5.92(1H, m), 7.18-7.37(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H53N3O2+H)+): 596
EXAMPLE 27
N-(6-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3.3.3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 25, using acetaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.90-1.03(2H, m), 1.07 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.43-1.80(7H, m), 1.85-2.96(1H, m), 2.07 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 2.38(2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 2.78-2.85(2H, m), 2.85-2.96(2H, m), 3.10-3.20(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 2.78-4.88 (1H, m), 5.77-5.67(1H, m), 7.17-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C35H45N3O2+H)+): 540
EXAMPLE 28
N-(6-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 25, using cyclohexanecarbaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-1.80(23H, m), 1.95-2.08 (5H,m), 2.57-2.65(2H, m), 2.87-2.94(2H, m), 3.13-3.20(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.78-4.81(1H, m), 5.78-5.80(1H, m), 7.20-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H53N3O2+H)+): 608
EXAMPLE 29
N-{6-(3-piperidylmethyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 24, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.98-1.82(12H, m), 2.06 (2H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.31(1H, t, J=11.0 Hz), 2.52-2.62(1H, m), 2.87-3.06(4H, m), 3.10(2H, q, J=6.6 Hz), 3.55(2H, s), 4.87-4.96(1H, m), 5.65-5.72(1H, m),7.15-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C33H41N3O2+H)+): 512
EXAMPLE 30
N-(6-{(1-butyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using N-{6-(3-piperidylmethyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide and n-butylaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88-1.13(8H, m), 1.24-1.40 (2H, m), 1.43-1.78(7H, m), 1.83-1.98(2H, m), 2.04-2.16(3H, m), 2.38-2.48(2H, m), 2.85-2.97(4H, m), 3.08-3.23(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.83-4.92(1H, m), 5.78-5.88(1H, m), 7.15-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H49N3O2+H)+): 568
EXAMPLE 31
N-(6-{(1-isobutyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using isobutylaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.33(24H, m), 2.60-3.05 (4H, m), 3.05-3.33(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.77-5.02(1H, m), 5.80-6.10(1H, m), 7.10-7.55(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H49N3O2+H)+): 568
EXAMPLE 32
N-{6-({1-(2-ethylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using 2-ethylbutanal. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85(6H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 0.93-1.19 (5H, m), 1.19-1.78(10H, m), 1.78-2.30(7H, m), 2.60-3.00 (4H, m), 3.03-3.31(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.77-4.96(1H, m), 5.82-6.03(1H, m), 7.10-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H53N3O2+H)+): 596
EXAMPLE 33
N-(6-{(1-cyclohexyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using cyclohexanone. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-1.38(10H, m), 1.40-1.94 (11H, m), 2.00-2.17(3H, m), 2.20-2.48(2H, m), 2.50-3.03 (4H, m), 3.03-3.28(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.79-4.97(1H, m), 5.82-6.03(1H, m),7.15-7.40(15H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H51N3O2+H)+): 594
EXAMPLE 34
N-(6-{(1-benzyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using benzaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-1.88(11H, m), 1.90-2.45 (4H, m), 2.75-3.28(6H, m), 3.55(2H, s), 3.65-3.92(2H, m), 4.78-5.00(1H, m), 6.05-6.30(1H, m), 7.06-7.60(20H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H47N3O2+H)+): 602
EXAMPLE 35
N-(6-{(1-cyclooctylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using cyclooctanecarbaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.98-2.10(32H, m), 2.60-2.70 (2H, m), 2.87-2.93(2H, m), 3.08-3.28(2H,m), 3.56(2H,m), 4.79-4.87(1H, m), 5.82-5.92(1H, m), 7.18-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H57N3O2+H)+): 636
EXAMPLE 36
N-{6-({1-(1-cyclononen-1-ylmethyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylproyanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using 1-cyclononenecarbaldehyde (WO9804554). The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.95-1.80(22H, m), 1.90-1.98 (7H,m), 2.58-2.70(2H, m), 2.77(2H, s), 2.87-2.93(2H, m), 3.12-3.18(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.78-4.85(1H, m), 5.36-5.43 (1H,m), 5.65-5.75(1H, m), 7.18-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N3O2+H)+): 648
EXAMPLE 37
N-(6-{(1-allyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 30, using acrylaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.24(15H, m), 2.68-3.27 (8H,m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.70-4.93(1H, m), 5.05-5.28(2H, m), 5.50-5.72(1H,m), 5.75-5.98(1H, m), 7.10-7.50(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C36H45N3O2+H)+): 552
EXAMPLE 38
N-{6-({(3S)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting methods which are similar to Examples 24 and 25, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-0.92(6H, m), 0.97-1.16 (6H, m), 1.36-1.95(9H, m), 2.02-2.21(5H, m), 2.60-2.73(2H, m), 2.87-2.95 (2H, m), 3.08-3.27(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.79-4.88 (1H, m), 5.78-5.90(1H, m), 7.17-7.33(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H51N3O2+H)+): 582
EXAMPLE 39
(2R)-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of methyl (2R)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate monohyrochloride
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting methods which are similar to Step 1 of Example 24 and Step 2 of Example 1, using N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting methods which are similar to Steps 1-5 of Example 1 and Step 2 of Example 17, using methyl (2R)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate monohydrochloride and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.93-1.52(3H, m), 1.55-2.03 (10H,m), 2.11(1H, t, J=10.1 Hz), 2.25-2.33(1H, m), 2.48-2.57 (1H,m), 2.66-2.80(2H, m), 2.88-3.02(3H, m), 3.28-3.42(2H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 3.91 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.10 (1H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.57(1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.15-7.30(16H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O3+H)+): 593
EXAMPLE 40
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl})-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.91(4H, m), 1.10-1.30 (5H,m), 1.32-1.97(16H, m), 2.00-2.09(2H, m), 2.25-2.33 (1H, m), 2.50-2.83(4H, m), 3.04-3.13(1H, m), 3.27-3.38(2H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.77-3.86(1H, m), 3.90 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.06-4.12(1H, m), 4.55-4.62(1H, m), 7.13-7.32(16H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O3+H)+): 689
EXAMPLE 41
(2R)-N-(3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydrochloride
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
The title compound was prepared by conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-4 of Example 1, using methyl (2R)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate monohydrochloride and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-(3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydrochloride
The title compound was prepared by conducting procedures similar to Steps 5-6 of Example 1, using (2R)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid and 3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CD3OD, δppm): 1.10-2.16(15H, m), 2.34-2.53 (1H, m), 2.60-3.16(5H, m), 3.34-3.54(3H, m), 3.70-3.90(2H, m), 4.12-4.19(1H, m), 4.35-4.40(1H, m), 7.10-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O3+H)+): 593
EXAMPLE 42
(2R)-N-{(1-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl})-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 7 of Example 1 using (2R)-N-(3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydrochloride and 37% queous formaldehyde solution. The compound was obtained as s white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85-2.05(13H, m), 2.23-2.35 (4H, m), 2.46-2.58(1H, m), 2.65-3.90(3H, m), 2.99-3.17 (1H, m), 3.28-3.47 (3H, m), 3.78-3.90(2H, m), 3.99-4.15 (2H, m), 4.53-4.62(1H, m), 7.13-7.38(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O3+H)+): 607
EXAMPLE 43
(2R)-N-{(1-benzyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 42, using benzaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-2.00(14H, m), 2.11-2.28 (1H,m), 2.37-2.58(1H, m), 2.60-2.70(1H, m), 2.74-2.90 (2H, m), 3.02-3.29(2H, m), 3.32-3.56(4H, m), 3.56-3.67 (1H, m), 3.82-3.97(1H, m), 4.00-4.13(1H, m), 4.52-4.60 (1H, m), 7.10-7.40(21H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H50N4O3+H)+): 683
EXAMPLE 44
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylproyanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 42, using cyclohexanecarbaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.92(4H, m), 1.11-1.22 (4H, m), 1.23-2.10(19H, m), 2.24-2.33(1H, m), 2.50-2.86 (4H, m), 2.98-3.14(1H, m), 3.26-3.38(2H, m), 3.41 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.77-3.85(1H,m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.06-4.16(1H, m), 4.57-4.61(1H, m), 7.14-7.35(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O3+H)+): 689
EXAMPLE 45
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-tert-butoxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 5 of Example 1, using N-benzyloxycarbonyl-D-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 2.49 g of (2R)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 20 ml of methanol, 15 mg of 20% palladium hydroxide-carbon catalyst was added, followed by 5 hours' stirring in hydrogen atmosphere. After filtering the catalyst off, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to provide 1.78 g of the title compound.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by methods similar to Steps 1 and 2 of Example 45, using (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and N-benzyloxycarbonyl-O-(tert-butyl)-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 2.12 g of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 1.67 g of 3,3,3-triphenylpropionic acid in 25 ml of chloroform, 944 mg of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate and 1.18 g of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide monohydrochloride were successively added at room temperature, followed by 40 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: from hexane/ethyl acetate=2/1 to ethyl acetate) to provide 2.98 g of the title compound.
(Step 5)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-tert-butoxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 2 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88-1.05(1H, m), 1.12(9H, s), 1.29-2.00(10H, m), 2.04(1H, t, J=11.3 Hz), 2.25-2.38(2H, m), 2.42-2.53(1H, m), 2.78-2.88(2H, m), 2.92-3.05(2H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H,m), 3.50(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 3.52-3.58(1H, m), 3.76-3.83(1H, m), 3.81(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 4.27-4.37(2H, m), 4.57(1H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 7.13-7.33(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H52N4O4+H)+): 665
EXAMPLE 46
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylproyanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2carboxamide
To 1.65 g of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-tert-butoxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added at room temperature, followed by 1 hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, diluted with chloroform, rendered basic with 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 1.56 g of the title compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.93-1.08(1H, m), 1.32-1.50 (1H,m),1.50-2.05(10H, m), 2.09(1H, t, J=11.1 Hz), 2.23-2.32(1H, m), 2.51(1H, dt, J=2.3, 9.6 Hz), 2.57-2.68 (1H, m), 2.74(1H, d, J=10.9 Hz), 2.85-3.02(3H, m), 3.30-3.33 (1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.58(1H, dd, J=4.1, 11.0 Hz), 3.80-3.87(1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.30-4.38(2H, m), 4.56(1H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 7.17-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O4+H)+): 609
EXAMPLE 47
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 2-methylbutanal. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.15(24H, m), 2.23-2.35 (1H, m), 2.57-2.82(4H, m), 3.03-3.18(1H, m), 3.30-3.44(2H, m), 3.55-3.70(1H, m), 3.80-4.00(2H, m), 4.29-4.40(2H, m), 4.54-4.63(1H, m), 7.18-7.43(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H54N4O4+H)+): 679
EXAMPLE 48
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.72-0.95(3H, m), 1.23-1.32(3H, m), 1.43(1H,t, J=11.0 Hz), 1.51-2.08(6H, m), 2.25(3H, s), 2.20-2.34(1H, m), 2.60-2.86(4H, m), 2.96-3.10(1H, m), 3.28-3.37(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.59 (1H, dd, J=3.7. 11.1 Hz), 3.80-3.91(1H, m), 3.98 (1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 4.26-4.38(2H, m), 4.55(1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.15-7.40(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O4+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 49
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylproyanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using acetaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 1.03 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.23-1.30(1H, m), 1.38(1H, t, J=11.0 Hz), 1.52-2.03(11H, m), 2.25-2.41(2H, m), 2.14-2.92(3H, m), 2.99-3.09(1H, m), 3.31-3.36(1H, m), 3.38(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.57-3.62(1H, m), 3.82-3.91(1H, m), 3.97(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 4.28-4.36(2H, m), 4.56(1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 7.17-7.38(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H48N4O4+H)+): 637
EXAMPLE 50
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-butyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using n-butylaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.91(6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.25-2.05 (14H, m), 2.23-2.35(3H, m), 2.63-2.90(4H, m), 3.00-3.10 (1H, m), 3.31-3.36 (1H, m), 3.38(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.59 (1H, dd, J=4.2, 11.0 Hz), 3.81-3.90(1H, m), 3.95 (1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 4.29-4.38(2H, m), 4.56 (1H, dd, J=1.3, 6.4 Hz), 7.17-7.35(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H52N4O4+H)+): 665
EXAMPLE 51
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-pentyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using valeraldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-2.05(22H, m), 2.22-2.33 (3H, m), 2.66-2.81(3H, m), 2.83-2.90(1H, m), 2.99-3.10 (1H, m), 3.30-3.36(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.60 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 10.9 Hz), 3.83-3.89(1H, m), 3.95 (1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 4.28-4.36(2H, m), 4.56 (1H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 7.17-7.34(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H54N4O4+H)+): 679
EXAMPLE 52
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-hexyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using n-hexanal. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.93(6H, m), 1.15-2.10 (18H, m), 2.20-2.35(3H, m), 2.54-2.65(1H, m), 2.70-2.80 (2H, m), 2.80-2.91(1H, m), 3.02-3.12(1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.40(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.59(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.1 Hz), 3.85 (1H, dt, J=2.6, 10.4 Hz), 3.94(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.29-4.38 (2H, m), 4.53-4.60(1H, m), 7.17-7.38(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H56N4O4+H)+): 693
EXAMPLE 53
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cycloheptylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxyl-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using cycloheptanecarbaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.90(1H, m), 1.02-2.07 (27H, m), 2.25-2.33(1H, m), 2.49-2.68(2H, m), 2.70-2.80 (2H, m), 3.03-3.14(1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.40 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.9, 11.2 Hz), 3.80-3.87 (1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.29-4.40(2H, m), 4.57 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 7.14-7.37(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H58N4O4+H)+): 719
EXAMPLE 54
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-({3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting Step 4 of Example 45 and Example 46, using 3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{(3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin -2-yl)carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and acetaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-1.78(12H, m), 1.90-2.08 (5H, m), 2.26-2.40(3H, m), 2.52-2.63(1H, m), 2.73-2.96 (3H, m), 3.00-3.11(1H, m), 3.34(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.35-3.42 (1H, m), 3.60-3.68 (1H, m), 3.84(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.83-3.90 (1H, m), 4.35-4.48 (2H, m), 4.56(1H, dd, J=1.4, 7.4 Hz), 7.12-7.30(12H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H45Cl3N4O4+H)+): 739
EXAMPLE 55
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)-methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Steps 2-4 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-benzyloxycarbonyl-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting methods similar to Steps 1-2 of Example 17, Step 3 of Example 1 and Step 4 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-O-benzyl-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.02(24H, m), 2.05 (2H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 2.25-2.35(1H, m), 2.52-2.80(4H, m), 3.04-3.13(1H, m), 3.30-3.38(1H,m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.0 Hz), 3.81-3.89(1H, m), 3.91 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.30-4.38(2H, m), 4.57 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 7.17-7.33(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 56
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting a method similar to Exampe 55, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.73-2.20(26H, m), 2.23-2.34 (1H, m), 2.53-2.90(4H, m), 2.97-3.13(1H, m), 3.29-3.43(2H, m), 3.53-3.70(1H, m), 3.80-3.95(2H, m), 4.27-4.40(2H, m), 4.52-4.60(1H, m), 7.15-7.40(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 57
(2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2 -yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmehyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyloxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 30 mg of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmehyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 0.6 ml of chloroform, 0.018 ml of triethylamine and 0.004 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride were added under cooling with ice, followed by 50 minutes' stirring at room temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resultant residue was purified by means of a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/10/1) to provide 33 mg of the title compound.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-azido-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-y1}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 33 mg of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmehyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyloxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 1 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide, 8.3 mg of sodium azide was added at room temperature, followed by 10 hours' stirring at 85° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resultant residue was purified by means of a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/10/1) to provide 25 mg of the title compound.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 24 mg of (2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-azido-1-(3,3,3-triphenyl-propanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 0.5 ml of 20% hydrous tetrahydrofuran, 13 mg of triphenylphosphine was added at room temperature, followed by 3 hours' refluxing under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resultant residue was purified by means of a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=90/10/1) to provide 16 mg of the title compound in the form of a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.95(4H, m), 1.10-1.32(4H, m), 1.39(1H, t, J=10.8 Hz), 1.40-2.01(15H, m), 2.06 (2H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 2.07-2.18(1H, m), 2.26-2.33(1H, m), 2.54 (1H, quint, J=6.5 Hz), 2.60-2.70(1H, m), 2.70-2.80(1H, m), 2.89-2.99(1H, m), 3.05-3.17(3H, m), 3.29-3.37(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.76-3.82(1H, m), 3.89 (1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 4.13(1H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 4.59 (1H, dd, J=1.5, 8.0 Hz), 7.13-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H57N5O3+H)+): 704
EXAMPLE 58
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4S)-4-dimethylamino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S, 4S)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.92(4H, m), 1.10-1.27(4H,m), 1.34-2.00(16H, m), 2.04(2H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 2.08(6H, s), 2.27-2.35(1H, m), 2.60-2.84(4H, m), 3.05-3.17(2H, m), 3.27-3.32(1H, m), 3.33(1H, d, J=14.0 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=14.0 Hz), 4.05-4.13(1H, m), 4.59 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 7.16-7.34(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H61N5O3+H)+): 732
EXAMPLE 59
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Steps 3-4 of Example 45, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and N-benzyloxycarbonyl-cis-4-hydroxy-L-proline. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.93(5H, m), 1.10-1.33(5H, m), 1.43(1H, t, J=10.6 Hz), 1.40-2.01(12H, m), 2.06 (2H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 2.27-2.35(1H, m), 2.53-2.70(3H, m), 2.71-2.81 (1H, m), 3.07-3.18(1H,m), 3.40(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.40-3.49(2H, m), 3.88-3.95(1H, m), 3.94(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 4.07-4.16(1H, m), 4.19(1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 4.59(1H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 5.62(1H, d, J=11.9 Hz), 7.10(1H, t, J=5.9 Hz), 7.14-7.38 (15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 60
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 57 using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.73-2.10(27H, m), 2.25-2.34 (1H, m), 2.47-2.69(3H, m), 2.69-2.80(1H, m), 3.10 (1H, quint, J=6.7 Hz), 3.29-3.37(1H, m), 3.42 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.59-3.70(2H, m), 3.79-3.85(1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.30(1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.58 (1H, dd, J=1.6, 7.8 Hz), 7.13-7.37(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H57N5O3+H)+): 704
EXAMPLE 61
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-dimethylamino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 58, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.92(4H, m), 1.10-1.30 (4H, m), 1.30-1.75(13H, m), 1.75-1.97(2H, m), 2.04 (2H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 2.12(6H, s), 2.24-2.36(1H, m), 2.37-2.50 (1H, m), 2.57-2.69(2H, m), 2.70-2.80(1H, m), 3.02-3.15(2H, m), 3.28-3.38(1H, m), 3.44(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 3.50-3.60(1H, m), 3.71-3.80(1H, m), 3.88(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 4.24(1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 4.58(1H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 7.05 (1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 7.15-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H61N5O3+H)+): 732
EXAMPLE 62
N-(7-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-7-oxoheptyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting methods similar to Examples 24 and 28, using 7-{(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino}heptanoic acid. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-1.82(26H, m), 2.10 (2H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 2.17(2H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 2.68-2.80(2H, m), 2.83-2.95(2H, m), 3.08-3.29(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.74-4.83 (1H, m), 5.85-6.00(1H, m), 7.10-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H55N3O2+H)+): 622
EXAMPLE 63
(2R)-N-(1-cyclohexylmethyl-4-piperidyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 5 of Example 1, using 1-cyclohexylmethyl-4-piperidinamine (JP 52122378) and (2R)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-0.92(3H, m), 1.00-1.20 (3H, m), 1.22-1.39(3H, m), 1.40-1.93(14H, m), 1.95-2.05 (1H, m), 2.07-2.92(2H, m), 2.20-2.29(1H, m), 2.33-2.42(1H, m), 2.80-2.92(2H,m), 3.28-3.35(2H, m), 3.36(1H, d, J=13.7 Hz), 3.62-3.78(1H, m), 3.85-3.89(1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=13.7 Hz), 4.09(1H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 4.53(1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.13-7.38(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H54N4O3+H)+): 675
EXAMPLE 64
(2R)-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was obtained by successively conducting methods similar to Example 63 and Step 2 of Example 17, using 4-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine which was synthesized by the method of J. D. Prugh, et al. [Synth. Commun., Vol. 22, 2357-2360 (1992)]. The compound was obtained as a pale yellow oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.90-2.05(13H, m), 2.27-2.38 (1H, m), 2.48-2.60(2H, m), 2.62-2.84(2H, m), 2.98-3.10(3H, m), 3.28-3.40(2H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 3.75-3.83(1H, m), 3.84(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 4.09-4.14(1H, m), 4.57-4.62(1H, m), 7.15-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O3+H)+): 593
EXAMPLE 65
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CD3OD, δppm): 0.85-1.83(20H, m), 1.85-2.00 (4H, m), 2.01-2.12(2H, m), 2.15-2.22(2H, m), 2.63-2.73 (1H, m), 2.81-3.01(4H, m), 3.37-3.53(2H, m), 3.53 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 3.90(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 4.22(1H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 4.37-4.43(1H, m), 7.13-7.31(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O3+H)+): 689
EXAMPLE 66
(2R)-N-{2-(4-piperidyl)ethyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 64, using 4-aminoethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine which was synthesized by the method of B. C. Askew, et al. [J. Med. Chem., Vol. 40, 1779-1788 (1997)]. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.98-1.12(2H, m), 1.22-1.70 (7H, m), 1.72-2.00(6H, m), 2.25-2.34(1H, m), 5.08 (2H, dt, J=1.8, 12.0 Hz),2.69-2.88(2H, m), 2.97-3.08(2H, m), 3.12-3.42(3H, m),3.44(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.76-4.01(1H, m), 3.86(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 4.14(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.58 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.12-7.30(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O3+H)+): 607
EXAMPLE 67
(2R)-N-{2-(1-cyclohexylmethyl-4-piperidyl)ethyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-{2-(4-piperidyl)ethyl}-1-{(2S) -1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CD3OD, δppm): 0.83-1.82(22H, m), 1.85-2.00 (4H, m), 2.01-2.10(2H, m), 2.15-2.21(2H, m), 2.64-2.77 (1H, m), 2.86-3.00 (3H, m), 3.10-3.22(1H, m), 3.38-3.50 (2H, m), 3.54(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.76-3.84(1H, m), 3.91 (1H, d, J=15.3 Hz),1.22(1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.38-4.42(1H, m), 7.13-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H58N4O3+H)+): 703
EXAMPLE 68
N-{3-(2-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of 2-amino-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}acetamide
The title compound was prepared by conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-2 of Example 17, using (3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidine and (tert-butoxycarbonyl)-glycine.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of N-{3-(2-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-2-oxoethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-2 of Example 17 and Step 4 of Example 45, using 2-amino-N-{((3R) -1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-acetamide and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-β-alanine. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.08(22H, m), 2.54-2.64 (2H,m), 3.14-3.27(4H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 3.75(2H, d, J=5.3 Hz), 5.88-5.95(2H, m), 6.39-6.42(1H, m),7.16-7.31(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H50N4O3+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 69
(2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-4-hydroxy-1-{(2S,4R)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydrochloride
The title compound was prepared by conducting a method similar to Steps 5-6 of Example 1, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidine and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-trans-4-hydroxy-D-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-4-hydroxy-1-{(2S,4R)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxyamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-3 of Example 1, using (2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydrochloride and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.96(3H, m), 1.08-1.32 (4H, m), 1.38-2.20(19H, m), 2.30-2.43(1H, m), 2.56-2.85 (4H, m), 2.93-3.15(1H, m), 3.25-3.32(1H, m), 3.38-3.43 (2H, m), 3.85-3.93(2H, m), 4.00-4.10(1H, m), 4.38-4.49 (1H, m), 4.65(1H, dd, J=4.4, 8.2 Hz), 7.13-7.33(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 70
(2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxyamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 2 of Example 55, using (2R,4S)-N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide monohydro-chloride. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-0.94(3H, m), 1.08-1.32 (4H, m), 1.39-2.13(17H, m), 2.14-2.23(2H, m), 2.42-2.53 (1H, m), 2.57-2.70(1H, m), 2.72-2.88(2H, m), 2.88-3.08(1H, m), 3.31-3.48(2H, m), 3.56-3.62(1H, m), 3.68-3.90(2H, m), 4.27-4.39(3H, m), 4.52-4.60 (1H,m),7.13-7.30(16H,m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O5+H)+): 721
EXAMPLE 71
(2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-acetoxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoly)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)-methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
A solution of 40 mg of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyloxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxyamide and 30 mg of tetrabutylammonium acetate in 1 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 85° C. for 15 hours under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate, successively washed with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified with a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art. 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/8/1), to provide 14 mg of the title compound as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.10(26H, m), 2.20-2.30 (1H, m), 2.32-2.50(2H, m), 2.60-2.68(1H, m), 2.73-3.08(4H, m), 3.30-3.40 (1H,m), 3.40(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.56-3.70(1H, m), 3.72-3.80 (1H, m), 4.00(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.25-4.33(2H, m), 4.52-4.56(1H, m), 7.13-7.45(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H58N4O5+H)+): 747
EXAMPLE 72
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-acetoxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 1 of Example 57 and Example 71, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a yellow oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-0.98(4H, m), 1.10-1.38(4H, m), 1.32(1H, t, J=10.7 Hz), 1.39-2.20(15H, m), 2.05 (3H, s), 2.27-2.38 (2H, m), 2.55-2.65(1H, m), 2.68-2.80 (1H, m), 2.98-3.18(3H, m), 3.31-3.40(1H, m), 3.44 (1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.74(1H, dd, J=4.6, 11.5 Hz), 3.79-3.84 (1H, m), 3.85(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 4.35(1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 4.59 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 5.20-5.27(1H, m), 7.14-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H58N4O5+H)+): 747
EXAMPLE 73
N-{(1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Examples 41 and 44, using methyl pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate monohydrochloride and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-DL-proline. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.60-1.12(3H, m), 1.15-2.20 (24H, m), 2.24-2.38(1H, m), 2.46-2.90(3H, m), 2.98-3.19 (1H, m), 3.20-4.65(8H, m), 7.10-8.20(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O3+H)+): 689
EXAMPLE 74
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using propionaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.06(18H, m), 2.20-2.32 (3H, m), 2.67(1H, d, J=11.4 Hz), 2.72-2.82(2H, m), 2.83-2.93 (1H, m), 2.96-3.08(1H, m), 3.30-3.36(1H, m), 3.39 (1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.61(1H, dd, J=3.6, 11.2 Hz), 3.81-3.90 (1H, m), 3.96(1H, d,J=14.2 Hz), 4.28-4.37(2H, m), 4.56 (1H, d,J=8.0 Hz), 7.17-7.38(16H, m) ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H50N4O4+H)+): 651
EXAMPLE 75
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-octyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using n-octanal. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-0.95(6H, m), 1.20-1.83 (18H, m), 1.86-2.02(4H, m), 2.21-2.32(3H, m), 2.64-2.80 (3H, m), 2.83-2.91(1H, m), 3.00-3.10(1H, m), 3.31-3.36 (1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.9, 10.9 Hz), 3.81-3.90(1H, m), 3.95(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 4.28-4.37(2H, m), 4.56(1H, dd, J=1.6, 7.9 Hz), 7.16-7.34(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H60N4O4+H)+): 721
EXAMPLE 76
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclopropylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using cyclopropanecarbaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.04-0.10(2H, m), 0.45-0.53(2H, m), 88(4H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 1.22-1.38(3H, m), 1.42-1.50(1H, m), 1.55-2.05(6H, m), 2.16-2.32(3H, m), 2.62-2.80(2H, m), 2.88-2.98 (1H, m), 2.98-3.09(2H, m), 3.30-3.37(1H, m), 3.39 (1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.61(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.1 Hz), 3.82-3.91 (1H, m), 3.97(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 4.28-4.37(2H, m), 4.53-4.59 (1H, m), 7.17-7.38(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H50N4O4+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 77
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-allyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpronanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 37 mg of (2R)-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 0.9 ml of acetonitrile, 0.0055 ml of allyl bromide and 25 mg of potassium carbonate were added at room temperature, followed by 1.5 hours' stirring at 80° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed successively with water and 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified with a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/10/1), to provide 23 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.10(15H, m), 2.24-2.33 (1H, m), 2.62-2.72(1H, m), 2.73-2.82(1H, m), 2.83-2.92 (1H, m), 2.93-2.9(1H, m), 3.00-3.10(1H, m), 3.30-3.36 (1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.58-3.66(1H, m), 3.80-3.90 (1H, m), 3.95(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 4.28-4.37(2H, m), 4.52-4.58 (1H, m), 5.07-5.19(2H, m), 5.82-5.96(1H, m), 7.17-7.38(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H48N4O4+H)+): 649
EXAMPLE 78
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(2-methyl-3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 4 of Example 45, Example 46 and Step 3 of Example 17, using 2-methyl-3,3,3-triphenylpropionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-2.40(31H, m), 2.60-2.90 (2H, m), 2.97-3.10(1H, m), 3.33-3.43(1H, m), 3.76-3.82(1H, m), 3.87-4.00(2H, m), 4.18-4.57(2H, m), 4.60-4.75(2H, m), 6.70-6.80(1H, m), 7.10-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H58N4O4+H)+): 719
EXAMPLE 79
(2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-acetylamino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 22 mg of (2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 1 ml of chloroform, 0.0089 ml of acetic anhydride and 0.0127 ml of pyridine were added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified with a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol=8/1), to provide 18 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.93(4H, m), 1.12-1.86 (17H, m), 1.93(3H, s), 1.94-2.10(4H, m), 2.25-2.33(1H, m), 2.50-2.70(3H, m), 2.73-2.82(1H, m), 3.10-3.27(2H, m), 3.34-3.45(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.84-3.93(1H, m), 3.88(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 4.17(1H, d, J=9.3 Hz), 4.42-4.51 (1H, m), 4.53-4.60(1H, m), 7.10-7.33(16H, m), 8.00-8.07 (1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H59N5O4+H)+): 746
EXAMPLE 80
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4S)-4-(methylsulfonylamino)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 1 of Example 57, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4S)-4-amino-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexyl-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-0.97(3H, m), 1.05-2.10 (23H, m), 2.25-2.34(1H, m), 2.53-2.85(3H, m), 2.89(3H, s), 3.07-3.20(1H, m), 3.32-3.55(3H, m), 3.83-4.00(3H, m), 4.15(1H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 4.55-4.61(1H, m), 7.03-7.13(1H, m), 7.15-7.40(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H59N5O5S+H)+): 783
EXAMPLE 81
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-4-oxo-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 0.0037 ml of oxaryl chloride in 0.3 ml of dichloromethane, 0.0065 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide was added at −78° C., followed by 20 minutes' stirring at the same temperature. Then a solution of 25 mg of (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 0.9 ml of dichloromethane was added at the same temperature, followed by 30 minutes' stirring, addition of 0.0024 ml of triethylamine at the same temperature, and 20 minutes' stirring at room temperature. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified with a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art5744 (Merck); chloroform/methanol=9/1), to provide 18 mg of the title compound as a pale pink solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.20(22H, m) ,2.21-2.36 (1H, m), 2.47-2.52(2H, m), 2.55-2.90(3H, m), 2.98-3.20(3H, m), 3.27-3.55(2H, m), 3.80-4.03(3H, m), 4.50-4.63(2H, m), 6.88-7.05(1H, m), 7.10-7.40(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H54N4O4+H)+): 703
EXAMPLE 82
(2R)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2S)-3,4-dehydro-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 1 of Example 24 and Steps 2-4 of Example 1, using N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3,4-dehydro-L-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S)-3,4-dehydro-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 4 of Example 45, using (2S)-3,4-dehydro-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoly)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid and 2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3 -triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 29 mg of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S)-3,4-dehydro-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 1.5 ml of 33% hydrous acetonitrile, 6 mg of N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide and then 0.0027 ml of 2% aqueous osmium tetroxide solution were added under cooling with ice, followed by 66 hours' stirring at room temperature. An aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution was added to the reaction liquid, followed by extraction with chloroform and drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified with a preparative thin-layer chromatography (KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol=10/1) to provide 21 mg of the title compound.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoly)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 2 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.10(12H, m), 2.10-2.25 (2H, m), 2.48-2.60(1H, m), 2.65-2.94(4H, m), 3.45 (1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.50-3.68(2H, m), 3.77(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.78-3.84(1H, m), 4.10-4.20(3H, m), 4.51-4.56(1H, m), 7.17-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O5+H)+): 625
EXAMPLE 83
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 77, using (2R)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and ethyl iodide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.77-2.10(15H, m), 2.20-2.28 (1H, m), 2.30-2.42(2H, m), 2.46-2.60(1H, m), 2.73-2.82(1H, m), 2.84-2.93(2H, m), 2.94-3.04(1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.50-3.64(2H, m), 3.76-3.83(1H, m), 3.85(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.09-4.17(2H, m), 4.18-4.22(1H, m), 9.06 (1H, dd, J=1.4, 8.2 Hz), 7.13-7.30(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H48N4O5+H)+): 653
EXAMPLE 84
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl})-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-0.98(3H, m), 1.12-1.42(5H, m), 1.43-2.04(15H, m), 2.05(2H, d,J=6.5 Hz), 2.18-2.27(1H, m), 2.28-2.40(1H, m), 2.57-2.63(1H, m), 2.70-2.80(1H, m), 2.93-3.12(2H, m), 3.44(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.51-3.63(2H, m), 3.76-3.80(1H, m), 3.81(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.12-4.19(2H, m), 4.20-4.25(1H, m), 4.49-4.54(1H, m), 7.13-7.32(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O5+H)+): 721
EXAMPLE 85
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-isobutyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 47, using isobutylaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-2.10(22H, m), 2.22-2.32 (1H, m), 2.55-2.85(4H, m), 3.01-3.11(1H, m), 3.30-3.43 (2H, m),3.55-3.68(1H, m), 3.80-4.00(2H, m), 4.27-4.38(2H, m), 4.50-4.59(1H, m), 7.13-7.40(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H52N4O4+H)+): 665
EXAMPLE 86
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and propionaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.75-2.10(16H, m), 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.23-2.42(3H, m), 2.69-2.86(2H, m), 2.87-3.07(3H, m), 3.29-3.40 (2H, m), 3.42 (1H, d, J=14.2 Hz),3.78-3.88(1H, m), 3.98(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 4.02-4.10(1H, m), 4.53-4.59(1H, m), 7.15-7.40(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H50N4O3+H)+): 635
EXAMPLE 87
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-butyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 85, using n-butylaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.50(21H, m), 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.69-2.83(2H, m), 2.85-3.09(3H, m), 3.29-3.40(2H, m), 3.41 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 3.99(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.02-4.08(1H, m), 4.52-4.60(1H, m), 7.15-7.40(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H52N4O3+H)+): 649
EXAMPLE 88
(2R)-N-{(1-benzyl-2-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 63, using 2-aminomethyl-1-benzylpiperidine [cf. Chem. Pharm. Bull., 43, 1137-1147 (1995)]. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-2.08(13H, m), 2.27-2.39 (1H, m), 2.42-2.59(1H, m), 2.60-2.85(2H, m), 3.80-3.45(6H, m), 3.50-4.18(5H, m), 4.57-4.62(1H, m), 7.10-7.40(21H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C44H50N4O3+H)+): 683
EXAMPLE 89
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 4 of Example 45 and Example 46, using 3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.10(13H, m), 2.27-2.35 (1H, m), 2.48-2.59(2H, m), 2.84-3.06(4H, m), 3.34-3.42(1H, m), 3.36(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.61(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.0 Hz), 3.79 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.80-3.87(1H, m), 4.37-4.48(2H, m), 4.55(1H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 7.03-7.10(1H, m), 7.14(6H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 7.25(6H, d, J=8.7 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41Cl3N4O4+H)+): 711
EXAMPLE 90
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 4 of Example 45 and Example 46, using 3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid. The product was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-2.07(12H, m), 2.08-2.18 (1H, m), 2.25-2.34(1H, m), 2.48-2.60(2H, m), 2.88-3.05(4H, m), 3.32-3.40 (1H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.58-3.63(1H, m), 3.77(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.80-3.88(1H, m), 4.37-4.50(2H, m), 4.51-4.57(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.6 Hz, JHH=8.6 Hz), 7.05-7.20(1H, m),7.17(6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.6 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41F3N4O4+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 91
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-methylphenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of methyl 3,3,3-tris(4-cholorophenyl)propionate
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 1 of Example 24, using 3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of methyl 3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)propionate
The title compound was synthesized referring to Shirakawa, et al.'s method [J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1, 2449-2450 (1997)]. To a solution of 71 mg of nickel (II)-acetylacetonate dihydrate and 289 mg of triphenylphosphine in 2 ml of 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 0.544 ml of 1.0 M diisobutylaluminium hydride-toluene solution was added at room temperature in nitrogen atmosphere, and the whole system was added to a solution of 364 mg of methyl 3,3,3-tris (4-chlorophenyl)-propionate and 1.01 g of vinyltributyltin in 5 ml of 1,2-dimethoxy-ethane at room temperature, followed by 22 hours' stirring at 80° C. Further, a system formed by adding 0.544 ml of 1.0 M diisobutyl-aluminum hydride-toluene solution to a solution of 71 mg of nickel (II)-acetylacetonate dihydrate and 289 mg of triphenylphosphine in 2 ml of 1,2-dimethoxyethane at room temperature in nitrogen atmosphere was added at room temperature, followed by 17 hours' stirring at 80° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature and 1N potassium fluoride was added, followed by 2 hours' stirring at room temperature. Filtering the reaction liquid through cerite, the filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate=300/7—hexane/ethyl acetate=300/10) to provide 166 mg of the title compound.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of 3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)propionic acid
Fifty-four (54) mg of methyl 3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)-propionate was suspended in 0.5 ml of dioxane, and to the suspension 0.5 ml of 4N aqueous lithium hydroxide solution was added at room temperature, followed by 17 hours' stirring at 90° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was made acidic by addition of 1N hydrochloric acid, extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 52.5 mg of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-vinyl-phenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 4 of Example 45, using 3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)propionic acid.
(Step 5)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 30.6 mg of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 48 mg of sodium periodate in 3 ml of 50% hydrous acetonitrile, 0.023 ml of 2% aqueous osmium tetroxide solution was added at room temperature in nitrogen atmosphere, followed by 20 hours' stirring at the same temperature. To the reaction liquid 41 mg of sodium borohydride was added under cooling with ice, followed by 4 hours' stirring at room temperature. To the reaction liquid an aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution was added, followed by filtration with cerite, extraction with chloroform, and drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography [KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck); chloroform/methanol=10/1], to provide 8.4 mg of the title compound.
(Step 6)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-methylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Example 79, Step 2 of Example 45 and Example 46, using (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)propanyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.29(14H, m), 2.30(9H,s), 2.50-2.67(2H, m), 2.92(2H, t, J=6.2 Hz), 2.98-3.10(2H, m), 3.32-3.41(1H, m), 3.33(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.58-3.68(1H, m), 3.86(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.87-3.91(1H, m), 4.25-4.36(2H, m), 4.50-4.58(1H, m), 7.06(6H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.18(6H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.37-7.46(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H50N4O4+H)+): 651
EXAMPLE 92
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-ethylphenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 15.6 mg of (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxy-carbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-vinylphenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 0.6 ml of methanol, 5 mg of 10% palladium-carbon catalyst was added at room temperature, followed by 4.5 hours' stirring in hydrogen atmosphere. After filtering the catalyst off, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to provide 12 mg of the title compound.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-ethylphenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 46, using (2R)-N-({(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-((2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.97-2.10(12H, m), 1.22 (9H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 2.12-2.35(2H, m), 2.48-2.60(2H, m), 2.62 (6H, q, J=7.6 Hz), 2.78-3.03(4H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.34 (1H, d, J=14.0 Hz), 3.58-3.65(1H, m), 3.80-3.86(1H, m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.0 Hz), 4.27-4.38(2H, m), 4.52-4.59(1H, m), 7.08(6H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.20(6H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.27-7.40(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C43H56N4O4+H)+): 693
EXAMPLE 93
(2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 77, using (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3S)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and ethyl iodide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-1.15(6H, m), 1.22 (9H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.28-2.10(11H, m), 2.24-2.32(1H, m), 2.32-2.48(2H, m), 2.61(6H, q, J=7.6 Hz), 2.75-3.04 (4H, m), 3.29-3.40(2H, m), 3.60-3.68(1H, m), 3.83-4.01 (2H, m), 4.20-4.33(2H, m), 4.50-4.59(1H, m), 7.08 (6H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.23(6H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.30-7.42(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C45H60N4O4+H)+): 721
EXAMPLE 94
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3R)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-4 of Example 45 and Example 46, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88-2.08(12H, m), 2.21 (1H, t, J=11.0 Hz), 2.27-2.36(1H, m), 2.46-2.58(2H, m), 2.78-2.99(3H, m), 3.00-3.12(1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.44 (1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 3.62(1H, dd, J=4.0, 10.9 Hz), 3.78-3.85 (1H, m), 3.86(1H, d, J=14.7 Hz), 4.30-4.40(2H, m), 4.55-4.62(1H, m), 7.15-7.38(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O4+H)+): 609
EXAMPLE 95
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3, 3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3S)-1-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenypropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3R)-3-piperidyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.68-2.10(13H, m), 2.24(3H, s), 2.25-2.33(1H, m), 2.46-2.55(1H, m), 2.57-2.68(1H, m), 2.73-2.86(2H, m), 3.03-3.14(1H, m), 3.29-3.40(1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.61(1H, dd, J=4.0, 10.7 Hz), 3.79-3.86(1H, m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 4.32-4.40(2H, m), 4.54-4.60(1H, m), 7.15-7.35(16H,m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O4+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 96
(2R)-N-{((3S)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidin-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 95, using acetaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.32(14H, m), 1.06 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.33-2.47(3H, m), 2.71-2.79(1H, m), 2.82-2.92(2H, m), 3.00-3.12(1H, m), 3.29-3.38(1H, m), 3.44(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.59(1H, dd, J=4.0, 10.9 Hz), 3.79-3.85(1H, m), 3.86(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 4.32-4.40(2H, m), 4.55(1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 7.13-7.32(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C39H48N4O4+H)+): 637
EXAMPLE 97
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-tripheny}propanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3S)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 95, using propionaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.69-2.08(15H, m), 0.87 (3H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 2.08-2.38(3H, m), 2.49-2.60(1H, m), 2.72-2.93(3H, m), 3.00-3.13(1H, m), 3.29-3.40(1H, m), 3.41 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.0 Hz), 3.80-3.87 (1H, m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.30-4.44(2H, m), 4.55-4.62 (1H, m), 7.15-7.43(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H50N4O4+H)+): 651
EXAMPLE 98
(2R)-N-{((3S)-1-cyclopropylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 95, using cyclopropanecarbaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.05-0.18(2H, m), 0.43-0.55(2H, m), 0.70-2.07(14H, m), 2.18-2.34(3H, m), 2.42-2.55(1H, m), 2.78-2.94(2H, m), 2.97-3.15(2H, m), 3.30-3.41(1H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=4.0, 11.1 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 3.89(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 4.30-4.40(2H, m), 4.57(1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.12-7.30(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H50N4O4+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 99
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3R)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-N-({(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-peperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Steps 1-3 of Example 45, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3R)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 88, using (2R)-N-({(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-peperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The product was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-1.82(8H, m), 1.88-2.10(4H, m), 2.13-2.22(1H, m), 2.28-2.40(2H, m), 2.48-2.59(1H, m), 2.80-2.88(1H, m), 2.90-3.07(2H, m), 3.08-3.20(1H, m), 3.29-3.39(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.60-3.66(1H, m), 3.73(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.77-3.86(1H, m), 4.39-4.52(2H, m), 4.57(1H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 7.02-7.20(1H, m), 7.12(6H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 7.24(6H, d, J=8.9 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41Cl3N4O4+H)+): 711
EXAMPLE 100
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl}propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{((3R)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 2 of Example 99, using 3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85-2.10(12H, m), 2.12-2.23 (1H, m), 2.25-2.40(2H, m), 2.47-2.58(1H, m), 2.80-2.90(1H, m), 2.91-3.00(1H,m), 3.04-3.18(2H, m), 3.30-3.42(1H, m), 3.45(1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.62(1H, dd, J=4.3, 10.9 Hz), 3.72 (1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.77-3.85(1H, m), 4.40-4.50(2H, m), 4.52-4.60(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.9 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz), 7.09-7.20(1H, m), 7.15(6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41F3N4O4+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 101
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of methyl (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 1-2 of Example 45, using methyl (2R)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate and N-α-benzyloxycarbonyl-O-(tert-butyl)-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid
The title compound was obtained by successively conducting procedures which were similar to Step 4 of Example 45 and Step 4 of Example 1, using methyl (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures which were similar to Step 5 of Example 1 and Example 46, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid and 4-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.18-1.72(6H, m), 1.75-2.09(5H, m), 2.19-2.30(1H, m), 2.57-2.76(3H, m), 2.86(1H, d, J=10.6 Hz), 3.00-3.12(1H, m), 3.18-3.40(3H, m), 3.52(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.57(1H, dd, J=4.0, 11.0 Hz), 3.78(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.79-3.86(2H, m), 4.30-4.40(2H, m), 4.50-4.59(1H, m), 7.13-7.32(15H, m), 7.33-7.41(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O4+H)+): 609
EXAMPLE 102
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 2-3 of Example 101, using 3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-2.08(12H, m), 2.29-2.45 (2H, m), 2.46-2.58(2H, m), 2.98-3.16(4H, m), 3.30-3.38(1H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.6 3(1H, dd, J=4.1, 10.8 Hz), 3.71 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.76-3.86(1H, m), 4.38-4.51(2H, m), 4.58(1H, d, J=5.9 Hz), 7.05-7.20(1H, m), 7.12(6H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.24(6H, d, J=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41Cl3N4O4+H)+): 711
EXAMPLE 103
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3.3.3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 2-3 of Example 101, using 3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.08(12H, m), 2.28-2.45 (2H, m), 2.46-2.57(2H, m), 2.98-3.12(4H, m), 3.32-3.40(1H, m), 3.44(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.59(1H, dd, J=4.1, 10.8 Hz), 3.69 (1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.77-3.87(1H, m), 4.40-4.51(2H, m), 4.53-4.61(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.08-7.20(1H, m), 7.15(6H, dd, JHF=5.2 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41F3N4O4+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 104
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylethyl)pyrrolidine -2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 101 using 4-aminoethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidine. The compound was obtained as a pale yellow oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.02-2.40(15H, m), 2.52-2.64 (2H, m), 2.65-2.78(1H, m), 2.85(1H, d, H=10.8 Hz), 3.02-3.11(2H, m), 3.12-3.24(1H, m), 3.29-3.40(1H, m), 3.45(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.58(1H, dd, J=4.0, 10.9 Hz), 3.78-3.82(1H, m), 3.83(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 4.32-4.40(2H, m), 4.52-4.59(1H, m), 7.12-7.31(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O4+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 105
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{1-methyl-4-piperidyl)ethyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was obtained by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-propanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and 37% aqueous formaldehyde solution. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.05-2.08(15H, m), 2.28(3H, s), 2.29-2.36(1H, m), 2.70-2.92(4H, m), 3.12-3.28(1H, m), 3.30-3.42(1H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.59 (1H, dd, J=3.8, 10.9 Hz), 3.78-3.83(1H, m), 3.84 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.32-4.41(2H, m), 4.53-4.60(1H, m), 7.13-7.33(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C39H48N4O4+H)+): 637
EXAMPLE 106
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 2 of Example 101 and Example 104, using 3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.95-1.88(10H, m), 1.90-2.00 (2H, m), 2.01-2.12(2H, m), 2.28-2.38(1H, m), 2.46-2.60(3H, m), 2.98-3.11(3H, m), 3.20-3.38(2H, m), 3.40(1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.63(1H, dd, J=4.1, 11.0 Hz), 3.71(1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.73-3.82(1H, m), 4.39-4.52(2H, m), 4.53-4.60(1H, m), 6.98-7.05(1H, m), 7.10(6H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.23(6H, d, J=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H43Cl3N4O4+H)+): 725
EXAMPLE 107
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 2 of Example 101 and Example 104, using 3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85-1.86(10H, m), 1.88-2.00 (2H, m), 2.00-2.10(2H, m), 2.27-2.36(1H, m), 2.47-2.60(3H, m), 2.98-3.06(2H, m), 3.07-3.14(1H, m), 3.15-3.28(1H, m), 3.30-3.41(1H, m), 3.45(1H, d, J=15.5 Hz), 3.60 (1H, dd, J=4.2, 10.6 Hz), 3.70(1H, d, J=15.5 Hz), 3.75-3.85 (1H, m), 4.41-4.52(2H, m), 4.53-4.60(1H, m), 6.94(6H, dd, JHF=8.5 Hz, JHH=8.5 Hz), 7.00-7.10(1H, m), 7.13 (6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.5 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H43F3N4O4+H)+): 677
EXAMPLE 108
(2R)-1-((2S 4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)-propanoyl}propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(1-methyl-4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 105, using (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.12-2.20(13H, m), 2.31(3H, s), 2.32-2.39(1H, m), 2.48-2.58(1H, m), 2.83-2.94(2H, m), 2.99-3.10(2H, m), 3.35-3.42(1H, m), 3.45(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.62(1H, dd, J=4.1, 11.0 Hz), 3.73(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.78-3.88(1H, m), 4.40-4.53(2H, m), 4.59(1H, d, J=5.9 Hz), 6.92-7.03(6H, m), 7.08-7.25(7H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H43F3N4O4+H)+): 677
EXAMPLE 109
(2R)-N-{(1-ethyl-4-piperidyl)methvyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 93, using (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.03-2.15(16H, m), 2.29-2.48 (3H, m), 2.50-2.60(1H, m), 2.86-2.96(2H, m), 2.97-3.10(2H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.63 (1H, dd, J=3.9, 11.0 Hz), 3.72(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.78-3.88 (1H, m), 4.40-4.52(2H, m), 4.53-4.61(1H, m), 6.96 (6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.07-7.20(1H, m), 7.16(6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C39H45F3N4O4+H)+): 691
EXAMPLE 110
(2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)-propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-{1-(2-propyl)-4-piperidyl-methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 109, using 2-propyl bromide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.17(13H, m), 1.06 (6H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 2.28-2.37(1H, m), 2.48-2.59(1H, m), 2.66-2.93(3H, m), 2.96-3.10(2H, m), 3.32-3.41(1H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.63(1H, dd, J=4.3, 10.8 Hz), 3.73 (1H, d, J=15.0 Hz), 3.78-3.88(1H, m), 4.38-4.51(2H, m), 4.57(1H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.08-7.20(1H, m), 7.16(6H, dd, JHF=5.4 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H47F3N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 111
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclobutylmethyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pirrolidin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 109, using (bromomethyl)cyclobutane. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.10(20H,m),2.28-2.44 (2H, m), 2.45-2.60(2H, m), 2.76-2.92(2H, m), 2.97-3.08(2H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.57-3.67(1H, m), 3.72(1H, d, J=15.1 Hz), 3.78-3.87(1H, m), 4.39-4.52(2H, m), 4.54-3.61(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.06-7.20(1H, m), 7.15(6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C42H49F8N4O4+H)+): 731
EXAMPLE 112
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclopentylmethyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pirrolydin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
To a solution of 19 mg of (2R)-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonyl-N-(4-piperidyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide in 1.5 ml of acetonitrile, 14 mg of methanesulfonic acid-cyclopentylmethyl, 13 mg of potassium carbonate and 5 mg of potassium iodide were added at room temperature, followed by 24 hours' stirring at 80° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, washed successively with water and 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, the resultant residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography [KieselgelTM 60F254, Art 5744 (Merck), chloroform/methanol/28% aqueous ammonia=100/10/1) to provide 16 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.07-2.50(26H, m), 2.82-2.98 (2H, m), 3.00-3.12(2H, m), 3.32-3.40(1H, m), 3.44 (1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 3.62(1H, dd, J=4.3, 10.8 Hz), 3.72 (1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 3.78-3.88(1H, m), 4.40-4.52(2H, m), 4.53-4.61(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.07-7.22(1H, m), 7.15(6H, dd, JHF=5.2 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C43H51F3N4O4+H)+): 745
EXAMPLE 113
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclopentyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 109, using bromocyclopentyl. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.08-2.20(21H, m), 2.29-2.65 (3H, m), 3.02-3.18(4H, m), 3.30-3.92(3H, m), 3.42 (1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 3.71(1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 4.39-4.67(3H, m), 6.90-7.27(13H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C42H49F3N4O4+H)+): 731
EXAMPLE 114
(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(1-methyl-4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 105, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.16-2.08(13H, m), 2.27(3H, s), 2.28-2.36(1H, m), 2.70-2.79(2H, m), 2.80-2.91(2H, m), 2.93-3.04(1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.43(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.8, 1.0 Hz), 3.85(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.86-4.01(1H, m), 4.32-4.40(2H, m), 4.58(1H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 7.17-7.36(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H46N4O4+H)+): 623
EXAMPLE 115
(2R)-N-{(3S)-(1-cyclobutylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 111, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3R)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.65-2.08(19H, m), 2.25-2.33 (1H, m), 2.35(2H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 2.43-2.58(2H, m), 2.60-2.70 (1H, m), 2.71-2.82(2H, m), 3.00-3.11(1H, m), 3.29-3.39(1H, m), 3.40(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.59(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.0 Hz), 3.80-3.90(1H, m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.30-4.38(2H, m), 4.52-4.59(1H, m), 7.14-7.36(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C42H52N4O4+H)+): 677
EXAMPLE 116
(2R)-N-({(3S)-1-(2,2-dimethylcycylopentylmethyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 95, using 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanecarbaldehyde which was synthesized following K. D. Hutchinson, et al. [Tetrahedron, Vol. 50, 6129-6136 (1994)]. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.74(3H, s), 0.80-2.02(20H, m), 1.01(3H, s), 2.07-2.20(1H, m), 2.21-2.36(2H, m), 2.50-2.92 (4H, m), 3.00-3.14(1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.42 (1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.61(1H, dd, J=2.4, 1.1 Hz), 3.81-3.90 (1H, m), 3.88(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 4.30-4.40(2H, m), 4.55-4.61(1H, m), 7.15-7.38(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C45H58N4O4+H)+): 719
EXAMPLE 117
(2R)-N-{((3S)-1-{2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)ethyl}-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Examples 95, using 3-cyclopropanebutanal. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.18-0.30(4H, m), 0.70-2.07 (15H, m), 1.01(3H, s), 2.24-2.34(1H, m), 2.35-2.57(3H, m), 2.68-2.92(3H, m), 3.01-3.13(1H, m), 3.29-3.40(1H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.60(1H, dd, J=3.8, 11.0 Hz), 3.79-3.87(1H, m), 3.88(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.30-4.39(2H, m), 4.56-4.61(1H, m), 7.15-7.38(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C43H54N4O4+H)+): 691
EXAMPLE 118
(2R)-N-({(3S)-1-(1-cyclopentylethyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 112, using 1-(cyclopentyl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.08(24H, m), 2.15-2.40 (3H, m), 2.50-3.15(5H, m), 3.30-3.53(2H, m), 3.56-3.72 (1H, m), 3.78-3.93(2H, m), 4.26-4.42(2H, m), 4.53-4.62 (1H, m), 7.15-7.43(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C44H56N4O4+H)+): 705
EXAMPLE 119
(2R)-N-({(3S)-1-(1-cyclohexylethyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Step 3 of Example 17, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-((3R) -3-piperidyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and cyclohexyl methyl ketone. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.08(27H, m), 2.22-3.15 (7H, m), 3.32-3.46(2H, m), 3.58-3.77(1H, m), 3.84-3.93 (2H, m), 4.28-4.40(2H, m), 4.52-4.60(1H, m), 7.18-7.40 (16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C45H58N4O4+H)+): 719
EXAMPLE 120
(2R)-N-{((3S)-1-cyclohexyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 119, using cyclopentanone. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-2.08(21H, m), 2.26-2.35 (1H, m), 2.39-2.53(2H, m), 2.79-3.03(3H, m), 3.04-3.18 (1H, m), 3.30-3.40(1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.58 (1H, dd, J=4.0, 10.9 Hz), 3.79-3.90(1H, m), 3.89 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.30-4.40(2H, m), 4.54-4.60(1H, m), 7.16-7.38(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C42H52N4O4+H)+): 677
EXAMPLE 121
(2R)-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)-1-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 64, using 3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
10H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88-1.10(2H, m), 1.44-1.70 (4H, m), 1.75-2.09(7H, m), 2.30-2.40(1H, m), 2.48-2.60 (3H, m), 2.92-3.13(4H, m), 3.31-3.48(2H, m), 3.42 (1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.76(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.78-3.84 (1H, m), 4.21(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.59-4.64(1H, m), 6.97 (6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.08-7.26(1H, m), 7.18 (6H, dd, JHF=5.2 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H41F3N4O3+H)+): 647
EXAMPLE 122
(2R)-N-{(1-methyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 95, using (2R)-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)-1-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.12-1.33(3H, m), 1.35-1.50 (1H, m), 1.52-1.70(3H, m), 1.77-2.08(7H, m), 2.29(3H, s), 2.30-2.39(1H, m), 2.60-2.71(1H, m), 2.80-2.90(2H, m), 2.91-3.10(2H, m), 3.31-3.50(2H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.77(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.78-3.85(1H, m), 4.20(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.58-4.63(1H, m), 6.97(6H, dd, JHF=8.9 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz), 7.08-7.23(1H, m), 7.19(6H, dd, JHF=5.2 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H43F3N4O3+H)+): 661
EXAMPLE 123
(2R)-N-{(1-ethyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 93, using (2R)-N-(4-piperidylmethyl)-1-((2S-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.09(3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.15-1.33 (3H, m), 1.34-1.50(1H, m), 1.52-1.68(3H, m), 1.74-2.08 (7H, m), 2.29-2.35(1H, m), 2.40(2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 2.60-2.70 (1H, m), 2.87-2.98(3H, m), 2.99-3.10(1H, m), 3.30-3.50(2H, m), 3.39(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.76(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.77-3.83 (1H, m), 4.19(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.58-4.62(1H, m), 6.95 (6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz), 7.06-7.12(1H, m), 7.17 (6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C39H46F3N4O3+H)+): 675
EXAMPLE 124
(2R)-N-{(1-1)propyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 122, using propionaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.90(3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.03-2.10(16H, m), 2.22-2.38(3H, m), 2.59-2.70(1H, m), 2.85-2.99(3H, m), 3.00-3.10(1H, m), 3.30-3.50(2H, m), 3.40(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.77(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.78-3.84 (1H, m), 4.20(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.57-4.62(1H, m), 6.95 (6H, dd, JHF=8.9 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz), 7.06-7.15(1H, m), 7.18 (6H, dd, JHF=5.2 Hz, JHH=8.9 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C40H47F3N4O3+H)+): 689
EXAMPLE 125
(2R)-N-{(1-cyclopronylmethyl-4-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S)-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 122, using cyclopropanecarbaldehyde. The product was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.08-0.14(2H, m), 0.48-0.56 (2H, m), 0.83-2.10(15H, m), 2.20-2.28(2H, m), 2.30-2.39 (1H, m), 2.62-2.72(1H, m), 2.89-2.97(1H, m), 2.99-3.11(3H, m), 3.30-3.50(2H, m), 3.41(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.77(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.78-3.86(1H, m), 4.20(1H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.58-4.63(1H, m), 6.96(6H, dd, JHF=8.8 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz),. 7.03-7.12(1H, m), 7.18(6H, dd, JHF=5.3 Hz, JHH=8.8 Hz)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H47F3N4O3+H)+): 701
EXAMPLE 126
N-{3-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinecarboxamide
The title compound was obtained by successively conducting procedures similar to Steps 1-5 of Example 1 and Step 2 of Example 17, using tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-proline. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.95-1.98(11H, m), 2.06-2.12 (1H, m), 2.18-2.28(2H, m), 2.44-2.56(1H, m), 2.83-3.10 (4H, m), 3.18-3.32(1H, m), 3.33-3.54(2H, m), 3.63 (1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.77(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 4.12-4.20(1H, m), 6.32-6.41(1H, m), 6.63-6.71(1H, m), 7.12-7.30(15H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C35H42N4O3+H)+): 567
EXAMPLE 127
N-{3-({(3R)-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)-3-piperidyl}methylamino)-3-oxopropyl}-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinecarboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 12, using N-{(3-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)amino-3-oxopropyl}-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinecarboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.78-2.22(27H, m), 2.62-3.18 (4H, m), 3.20-3.58(3H, m), 3.64(1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 3.77 (1H, d, J=15.2 Hz), 4.13-4.20(1H, m), 6.28-6.40(1H, m), 6.60-6.70(1H, m), 7.16-7.32(15H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C42H54N4O3+H)+): 663
EXAMPLE 128
(3S)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dimethylpiperidinium bromide
To 15 mg of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3S)-1-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, 0.5 ml of 10% methyl bromide-acetonitrile was added at room temperature, followed by 12 hours' stirring. The solvent in the reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (aluminium oxide 60F254, Art. 5713 (Merck), choroform/methanol=18/1) to provide 15 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.86-2.30(12H, m),2.62-3.80 (17H, m), 3.87-3.98(1H, m), 4.36-4.48(1H, m), 4.49-4.62 (2H, m), 7.10-7.36(15H, m), 7.42-7.54(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C39H49N4O4)+): 637
EXAMPLE 129
(3S)-1,1-diethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
To 22 mg of (2R)-N-{((3S)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, 1 ml of ethyl iodide was added at room temperature, followed by 2 hours' stirring at 70° C. The resultant reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in ultrapure water 0.6 ml/methanol 0.1 ml and the solution was developed on reversed phase medium-pressure liquid chromatography [ODS-AQ 120-S50 (YMC)]. Purification and anion exchange were conducted by pouring 20 ml of saturated brine, washing with 150 ml of ultrapure water and eluting the title compound with methanol/water=1/1, to provide 21 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.30(18H, m), 2.50-3.88 (16H, m), 4.37-4.52(3H, m), 7.13-7.36(15H, m), 7.57-7.64 (1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H53N4O4)+): 665
EXAMPLE 130
(3S)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dipropylpiperidinium iodide
To 4.9 mg of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3S)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, 1 ml of propyl iodide was added at room temperature, followed by 15 hours' stirring at 100° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified with preparative thin-layer chromatography (aluminium oxide 60F254, Art 5713 (Merck), chloroforom/methanol=18/1) to provide 4.1 mg of the title compound as a pale yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.84-0.92(1H, m), 1.01 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.06(3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.16-1.37(3H, m), 1.52-2.12(11H, m), 2.18-2.39(2H, m), 2.77-2.93(3H, m), 3.08-3.33(3H, m), 3.35-3.73(6H, m), 3.50(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.82-3.90(1H, m), 3.94(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 4.31-4.40(2H, m), 4.45-4.60(1H, m), 7.15-7.40(15H, m), 7.58-7.66(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N4O4)+): 693
EXAMPLE 131
(3S)-1,1-dicyclopropylmethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 130, using (2R)-N-{((3S)-1-cyclopropylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and cyclopropylmethyl bromide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.68-1.77(18H, m), 1.80-2.20 (4H, m), 2.22-2.36(1H, m), 2.64-2.78(1H, m), 2.90-3.10(2H, m), 3.30-3.70(8H, m), 3.52(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.72-4.01(2H, m), 3.88(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 4.36-4.60(3H, m), 7.16-7.43(15H, m), 7.49-7.70(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C45H57N4O4)+): 717
EXAMPLE 132
(3R)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dimethylpiperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-methyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-2.07(9H, m), 2.12-2.34(3H, m), 2.48-2.70(2H, m), 2.86-3.01(2H, m), 3.10-3.47(8H, m), 3.50-3.80(2H, m), 3.55(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.71(1H, d, J=14.8 Hz), 3.96-4.12(2H, m), 4.30-4.40(1H, m), 4.55-4.62(1H, m), 4.67-4.76(1H, m), 7.10-7.38(15H, m), 7.58-7.68(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C39H49N4O4)+): 637
EXAMPLE 133
(3R)-1,1-diethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.89-1.46(10H, m), 1.68-2.10 (6H, m), 2.20-2.30(2H, m), 2.34-2.50(2H, m), 3.05-3.90 (12H, m), 3.60(1H, d, J=15.7 Hz), 3.71(1H, d, J=15.7 Hz), 4.37-4.45(1H, m), 4.52-4.67(2H, m), 7.13-7.40(15H, m), 7.58-7.69(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H53N4O4)+): 665
EXAMPLE 134
(3R)-1,1-diallyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-allyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and allyl bromide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.28(13H, m), 2.52-2.65 (1H, m), 2.66-2.78(1H, m), 2.78-2.96(1H, m), 3.00-3.12 (1H, m), 3.20-3.49(4H, m), 3.50(1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.72 (1H, d, J=14.3 Hz), 3.76-3.86(1H, m), 3.88-4.07(3H, m), 4.18-4.30(1H, m), 4.30-4.42(2H, m), 4.50-4.60(2H, m), 5.70-5.78(2H, m), 5.79-5.88(1H, m), 5.90-6.10(2H, m), 7.16-7.38(15H, m), 7.62-7.70(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H53N4O4)+): 689
EXAMPLE 135
(3R)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dipropylpiperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-propyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and propyl iodide. The compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.10(19H, m), 2.15-2.32 (2H, m), 2.48-2.60(2H, m), 2.90-3.00(2H, m), 3.01-3.59(9H, m), 3.53(1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.63-3.80(1H, m), 3.75 (1H, d, J=14.6 Hz), 3.88-3.98(1H, m), 4.30-4.38(1H, m), 4.55-4.70(2H, m), 7.15-7.43(15H, m), 7.67-7.77(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N4O4)+): 693
EXAMPLE 136
(3R)-1-butyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1-methylpiperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-butyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide and (bromomethyl)cyclopropane. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.17(15H, m), 2.18-2.39 (3H, m), 2.72-2.84(2H, m), 2.85-3.12(3H, m), 3.13-3.78 (9H, m), 3.52(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.71(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.83-4.06(2H, m), 4.32-4.40(1H, m), 4.49-4.82(2H, m), 7.16-7.40(15H, m), 7.56-7.75(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H55N4O4)+): 679
EXAMPLE 137
(3R)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1-methyl-1-(2-methylbutyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-(2-methylbutyl)-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.70-2.20(18H, m), 2.22-2.50 (2H, m), 2.78-3.05(4H, m), 3.06-3.80(10H, m), 3.53 (1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.69(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.83-3.95(1H, m), 4.08-4.23(1H, m), 4.32-4.80(3H, m), 7.10-7.47(15H, m), 7.48-7.80(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N4O4)+): 693
EXAMPLE 138
(1R*,3R)- and (1S*,3R)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxvy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1-methyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bromide
After conducting a procedure similar to Example 128, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-pentyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, the resulting diastereomer was separated, to provide the title compound which was expediently named (1R*)-form as a low-polarity substance in the form of a white solid, and the title compound expediently named (1S*)-form, as a high-polarity substance in the form of a white solid.
(1R*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.86-1.21(4H, m), 1.28-1.47(4H, m), 1.50-2.17(13H, m), 2.20-2.37(2H, m), 2.68-2.78(1H, m), 2.88-3.03(2H, m), 3.04-3.20(1H, m), 3.25(3H, s), 3.34-3.68 (4H, m), 3.51(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.73(1H, d, J=14.1 Hz), 3.98-4.08(2H, m), 4.28-4.40(1H, m), 4.50-4.61(2H, m), 7.18-7.40(15H, m), 7.58-7.65(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N4O4)+): 693
(1S*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88-1.08(4H, m), 1.28-1.42(4H, m), 1.43-2.02(10H, m), 2.08-2.37(4H, m), 2.97-3.10(2H, m), 3.15(3H, s), 3.16-3.63(7H, m), 3.58(1H, d, J=15.5 Hz), 3.71 (1H, d, J=15.5 Hz), 3.84-3.92(1H, m), 3.92-4.03(1H, m), 4.38-4.42(1H, m), 4.58-4.63(1H, m), 4.76(1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.15-7.39(15H, m), 7.66-7.73(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C43H57N4O4)+): 693
EXAMPLE 139
(1R*,3R)- and (1S*,3R)-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1-methyl-1-octylpiperidinium bromide
After conducting a procedure similar to Example 128, using (2R)l-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonyl-N-{((3R)-1-octyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, the resulting diastereomer was separated, to provide the title compound which was expediently named (1R*)-form as a low-polarity substance in the form of a white foamy substance, and the title compound expediently named (1S*)-form, as a high-polarity substance in the form of a white solid.
(1R*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.87(3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 0.98-2.38(26H, m), 2.73-2.98(3H, m), 3.02-3.14(1H, m), 3.22(3H, s), 3.37-3.62(4H, m), 3.52(1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.72 (1H, d, J=14.2 Hz), 3.93-4.08(2H, m), 4.30-4.38(1H, m), 4.50-4.60(2H, m), 7.18-7.40(15H, m), 7.58-7.65(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H63N4O4)+): 735
(1S*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.87(3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 0.92-1.10 (1H, m), 1.18-2.05(21H, m), 2.10-2.40(4H, m), 2.75-3.60 (8H, m), 3.15(3H, s), 3.58(1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.72 (1H, d, J=15.4 Hz), 3.79-3.90(11H, m), 3.93-4.06(1H, m), 4.34-4.45(1H, m), 4.49-4.82(2H, m), 7.15-7.38(15H, m), 7.56-7.75(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H63N4O4)+): 735
EXAMPLE 140
(3R)-1,1-dicyclopropylmethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 131, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclopropylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.54-0.70(3H, m), 0.73-0.85(2H, m), 0.88(4H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 1.00-2.25(13H, m), 2.47-2.60(1H, m), 2.70-2.84(2H, m), 2.92-3.10(2H, m), 3.38-3.75(8H, m), 3.78-3.98(3H, m), 4.20-4.40(1H, m), 4.40-4.50(1H, m), 4.52-4.58(1H, m), 7.16-7.42(15H, m), 7.83-7.91(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H57N4O4)+): 717
EXAMPLE 141
(1R*,3R)- and (1S*,3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl-1-methylpiperidinium bromide
After conducting a procedure similar to Example 128 using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, the resulting diastereomer was separated, to provide the title compound which was expediently named (1R*)-form as a low polarity substance in the form of a white solid, and the title compound expediently named (1S*)-form, as a high-polarity substance in the form of a white solid.
(1R*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.02-2.23(21H, m), 2.30-2.40 (1H, m), 2.67-2.78(1H, m), 2.83-3.02(3H, m), 3.20-3.37 (5H, m), 3.38-3.65(5H, m), 3.56(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.70 (1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.84-4.02(1H, m), 4.10-4.19(1H, m), 4.30-4.38(1H, m),4.40-4.49(2H, m), 7.15-7.40(15H, m), 7.50-7.60(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H59N4O4)+): 719
(1S*)-form
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.07(18H, m), 2.18-2.38 (4H, m), 2.72-3.36(10H, m), 3.38-3.50(4H, m), 3.56 (1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.73(1H, d, J=14.9 Hz), 3.76-3.85(1H, m), 4.02-4.12(1H, m), 4.33-4.40(1H, m), 4.60(1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 4.77(1H, t, J=8.1 Hz), 7.12-7.40(15H, m), 7.77(1H, t, J=5.7 Hz)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C45H59N4O4)+): 719
EXAMPLE 142
(3R)-1-cycloheptylmethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1-methylpiperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-cycloheptylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-1.35(6H, m), 1.36-2.02 (14H, m), 2.03-2.21(3H, m), 2.22-2.64(2H, m), 2.80-3.00 (4H, m), 3.08-3.30(5H, m), 3.31-3.74(4H, m), 3.54 (1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.68(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.82-3.95(1H, m), 4.09-4.18(1H, m), 4.33-4.78(3H, m), 7.10-7.39(15H, m), 7.47-7.72(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C46H61N4O4)+): 733
EXAMPLE 143
(3R)-1,1-diethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-{(2S,3R,4S)-3,4-dihydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.85-2.40(16H, m), 2.92-3.78 (16H, m), 4.18-4.35(3H, m), 4.43-4.58(2H, m), 7.10-7.35 (15H, m), 7.48-7.65(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H53N4O5)+): 681
EXAMPLE 144
(3R)-1,1-diethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-chlorophenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.26(6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.32-2.19(11H, m), 2.20-2.35(2H, m), 2.38-2.49(1H, m), 3.17-3.85(12H, m), 3.92-4.03(1H, m), 4.16-4.30(1H, m), 4.39-4.44(1H, m), 4.56-4.60(1H, m), 4.72-4.81(1H, m), 7.06-7.18(6H, m), 7.20-7.30(6H, m), 7.60-7.67(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H50Cl3N4O4)+): 767
EXAMPLE 145
(3R)-1,1-diethyl-3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris-(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using (2R)-N-{((3R)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-1-((2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-{3,3,3-tris(4-ethylphenyl)propanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl)carbonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-1.20(3H, m), 1.22 (9H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.30-2.55(17H, m), 2.61(6H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 2.74-4.30(14H, m), 4.32-4.46(1H, m), 4.47-4.56(2H, m), 7.01-7.22(12H, m), 7.50-7.75(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C47H65N4O4)+): 749
EXAMPLE 146
(3R)-1-heptyl-1-methyl-3-({(3-{(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}acetyl)amino}propanoyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.60(20H, m), 2.82-3.82 (17H, m), 6.62-6.88(1H,m), 7.09-7.40(16H, m), 7.85-7.99(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H55N4O3)+): 639
EXAMPLE 147
(3R)-1-heptyl-1-methyl-3-({(3-{(2-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-(methyl)amino}acetyl)amino}propanoyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 128, using N-{2-(3-{((3R)-1-heptyl-3-piperidyl)methy}amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-2-oxoethyl}-N-methyl-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.32(20H, m), 2.45-4.05 (20H, m), 6.88-8.13(17H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H57N4O3)+): 653
EXAMPLE 148
1-Cyclooctylmethyl-1-ethyl-3-({(6-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}hexanoyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium iodide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 130, using N-(6-{(1-cyclobutylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}-amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide and ethyl iodide. The compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid. 1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 1.00-2.27(31H, m), 2.78-2.97 (3H, m), 3.02-3.54(9H, m), 3.60(2H, s), 7.12-7.30(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H62N3O2)+): 664
EXAMPLE 149
(3S)-1-ethyl-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-({(6-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}hexanoyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium iodide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of N-{6-({(3S)-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 77, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidine and (2S)-2-methylbutane iodide. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.86-0.92(6H, m), 0.98-1.18 (6H, m), 1.37-1.73(7H, m), 1.82-2.00(2H, m), 2.18 (2H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 2.20-2.28(3H, m), 2.68-2.80(2H, m), 2.91 (2H, dd, J=6.0, 12.5 Hz), 3.09-3.28(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.80-4.88(1H, m), 5.78-5.88(1H, m), 7.17-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C38H51N3O2+H)+): 582
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (3S)-1-ethyl-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-({(6-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}hexanoyl)amino}methyl)-piperidinium iodide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 148, using N-{6-({(3S)-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-piperidyl}methyl)amino-6-oxohexyl}-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide. The title compound was obtained as a yellow oily substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.98(3H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 1.01-1.78(15H, m), 1.80-2.10(3H, m), 2.27(2H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.42-2.58(1H, m), 2.89(2H, dd, J=5.9,12.0 Hz), 3.02-3.70 (10H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 3.76-3.90(1H, m), 5.03-5.12(1H, m), 7.17-7.35(15H, m), 7.50-7.60(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H56N3O2)+): 610
EXAMPLE 150
(3S)-1-ethyl-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-({(6-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}hexanoyl)amino}methyl)piperidinium chloride
(Step 1)
Synthesis of N-(6-{((3S)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methy}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 27, using (3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidine and acetaldehyde. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.90-1.16(8H, m), 1.43-1.80(7H, m), 1.90(1H, t, J=10.8 Hz), 2.06(2H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 2.38 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 2.77-2.85(2H, m), 2.86-2.96(2H, m), 3.10-3.20(2H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 4.80-4.90(1H, m), 5.62-5.72 (1H, m), 7.17-7.32(15H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C35H45N3O2+H)+): 540
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (3S)-1-ethyl-1-{(2S)-2-methylbutyl}-3-({(6-{(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)amino}hexanoyl)amino}methyl)-piperidinium chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 129, using N-(6-{((3S)-1-ethyl-3-piperidyl)methyl}amino-6-oxohexyl)-3,3,3-triphenylpropanamide and (2S)-2-methylbutane iodide. The compound was obtained as a white foamy substance.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.86-1.73(18H, m), 1.80-2.10 (3H, m), 2.20-2.37(2H, m), 2.39-2.56(1H, m), 2.87-2.95(2H, m), 3.08-3.70(10H, m), 3.56(2H, s), 3.87-4.05(1H, m), 5.18-5.28(1H, m), 7.14-7.38(15H, m), 8.40-8.58(1H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C40H56N3O2)+): 610
EXAMPLE 151
(7R)-7-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-5-azoniaspiro [4.5]decane chloride
The method of Japan Kokai (laid-open) No. Sho 62(1987)-215588 A1 was followed. In 0.6 ml of chloroform, 41 mg of(2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}-carbonyl-N-((3S)-3-piperidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide, 0.014 ml of diethylamine and 0.032 ml of 1,4-dibromobutane were dissolved, and the solution was allowed to stand in a hermetically sealed vessel for 6 days. The reaction liquid was diluted with chloroform and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resultant residue was dissolved in a mixture of ultrapure water 0.6 ml/methanol 0.1 ml, and developed on a reversed phase medium pressure liquid chromatography [ODS-AQ 120-S50 (YMC). The product was purified and anion-exchanged by pouring 20 ml of saturated brine, washing with 150 ml of ultrapure water, and eluting from methanol/water=1/1, to provide 45 mg of the title compound as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 0.98-1.18 (1H, m), 1.21-1.34(3H, m), 1.65-2.38(12H, m), 2.52-2.68 (1H, m), 2.98-3.17(3H, m), 3.20-3.60(5H, m), 3.56 (1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.70(1H, d, J=14.4 Hz), 3.79-3.95(2H, m), 3.96-4.04(1H, m), 4.37-4.41(1H, m), 4.51-4.60(2H, m), 7.17-7.39(15H, m), 7.56(1H, t, J=6.0 Hz)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C41H51N4O4)+): 663
EXAMPLE 152
(7R)-7-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-5-azoniaspiro[4.5]dec-2-en chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 151, using 1,4-dibromo-2-butene which was synthesized following the method of M. A. Keegstra, et al. [Syn. Commun. Vol. 21, 721-726 (1991)]. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.80(15H, m), 2.99-4.62 (16H, m), 5.80-6.00(2H, m), 7.15-7.68(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H49N4O4)+): 661
EXAMPLE 153
(2R)-2-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-6-azoniaspiro[5.5]undecane chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 151, using 1,5-dibromopentane. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.88(2H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 0.98-1.13 (1H, m), 1.20-1.36(3H, m), 1.68-2.07(10H, m), 2.08-2.32 (3H, m), 2.40-2.52(1H, m), 2.80-2.95(1H, m), 3.04-3.20(2H, m), 3.22-3.80(7H, m), 3.57(1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.68 (1H, d, J=15.3 Hz), 3.88-3.96(1H, m), 4.07-4.16 (1H, m),4.38-4.43(1H, m), 4.56-4.68(2H, m), 7.17-7.39 (15H, m), 7. 64(1H, t, J=6.5 Hz)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C42H53N4O4)+): 677
EXAMPLE 154
(2R)-2-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-9,9-dimethyl-6-azoniasiro[5.51]undecane chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 151, using 1,5-dibromo-3,3-dimethylpentane. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.33(18H, m), 1.09(3H, s), 1.24(3H, s), 2.60-3.92(12H, m), 3.52(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.68(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.26-4.56(3H, m), 7.15-7.66(16H, m)
FAB-MS(m/e, as (C44H57N4O4)+): 705
EXAMPLE 155
(8R)-8-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-3-oxa-6-azoniaspiro[5.5]undecane chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 151, using 2,2′-dichlorodiethyl ether. The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR)CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.78(17H, m), 2.95-4.51 (18H, m), 7.12-7.78(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H51N4O5)+): 679
EXAMPLE 156
(7R)-2,3-epoxy-7-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-5-azoniaspiro[4.51]decane chloride
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 151, using 1,4-dibromo-2,3-epoxybutane (cf. Referential Example 10). The compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.50(17H, m), 2.60-4.85 (16H, m), 7.10-7.45(15H, m), 7.58-7.80(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C41H49N4O5)+): 677
EXAMPLE 157
3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium bromide
(Step 1)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(3-pyrrolidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 5 of Example 1 and Example 46, using 3-aminomethyl-1-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine [which was synthesized by a method similar to the one described in Japan Kokai Hei 11(1999)-193232, using 3-hydroxymethyl-1-benzylpyrrolidine [taught in Japan Kokai (laid-open) Hei 4(1992)-112868]] and (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-(tert-butoxy)-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.80-2.34(9H, m), 2.49-2.64(1H, m), 2.67-2.81(1H, m), 2.82-3.29(7H, m), 3.30-3.42(1H, m), 3.43-3.65(2H, m), 3.70-3.90(2H, m), 4.29-4.43(2H, m), 4.49-4.61(1H, m), 7.13-7.57(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C36H42N4O4+H)+): 595
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{(1-methyl-3-pyrrolidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 48, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-(3-pyrrolidylmethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. 1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.83-2.12(9H, m), 2.20-2.46(3H, m), 2.31(3H, s), 2.49-2.83(4H, m), 3.10-3.27(1H, m), 3.29-3.40 (1H, m), 3.42(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 3.56-3.62(1H, m), 3.77-3.85(1H, m), 3.87(1H, d, J=14.5 Hz), 4.30-4.39(2H, m), 4.52-4.59(1H, m), 7.15-7.39(16H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C37H44N4O4+H)+): 609
(Step 3)
Synthesis of 3-({({(2R)-1-({(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}carbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl}-carbonyl)amino}methyl)-1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium bromide
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 130, using (2R)-1-{(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-(3,3,3-triphenylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl}carbonyl-N-{(1-methyl-3-pyrrolidyl)methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide. The compound was obtained as a colorless oily substance.
1H-NMR(CDCl3, δppm): 0.82-2.35(9H, m), 2.52-2.70(1H, m), 2.72-2.89(1H, m), 3.00-3.89(18H, m), 4.25-4.60(2H, m), 7.10-7.40(15H, m), 7.48-7.78(1H, m)
ESI-MS(m/e, as (C38H47N4O4)+): 623
Referential Example 1
(3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine
(Step 1)
Synthesis of ethyl (3S)-3-piperidinecarboxylate
To 13.0 g of ethyl (3S)-3-piperidinecarboxylate D(−)-tartarate which was synthesized following the method of P. Magnus, et al. [J. Org. Chem. Vol. 56, 1166-1170 (1991)], 3N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to render the former basic, followed by extraction with chloroform and drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 7.50 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (3S)-3-piperidylmethanol
To solution of 7.50 g of ethyl (3S)-3-piperidinecarboxylate in 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 3.4 g of lithium aluminium hydrate was added under cooling with ice, followed by an hour's refluxing under heating. To the reaction liquid sodium sulfate decahydrate was added under cooling with ice, followed by 12 hours' stirring at room temperature and filtration through cerite. Distilling the filtrate off under reduced pressure, 5.89 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 3)
Synthesis of {(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methanol
To a solution of 5.89 g of (3S)-3-piperidylmethanol in 150 ml of chloroform, another solution of 9.3 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in 50 ml of chloroform was added under cooling with ice, followed by 15 hours' stirring at room temperature. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, diluted with diethyl ether, washed successively with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid, water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 8.01 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 4)
Synthesis of {(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl methanesulfonate
To a solution of 7.96 g of {(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methanol in 150 ml of chloroform, 3.4 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride and 6.7 ml of triethylamine were added under cooling with ice, followed by an hour's stirring at room temperature. The reaction liquid was distilled off under reduced pressure, diluted with ethyl acetate and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added, followed by 1.5 hours' stirring. Thereafter the reaction liquid was successively washed with water and saturated brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off, 10.50 g of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 5)
Synthesis of (3S)-3-azidomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine
To a solution of 10.50 of {(3S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-piperidyl}methyl methanesulfonate in 100 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide, 4.9 g of sodium azide was added at room temperature, followed by 4 hours' stirring at 80° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and resulting residue was purified by means of silica gel column chromatography (eluting solvent: from hexane to hexane/ethyl acetate=15/1) to provide 7.24 g of the title compound.
(Step 6)
Synthesis of (3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine
To a solution of 600 mg of (3S)-3-azidomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine in 12.5 ml of 20% hydrous tetrahydrofuran, 622 mg of triphenylphosphine was added at room temperature, followed by 45 minutes' refluxing under heating. The reaction liquid was rendered acidic by addition of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid, and successively washed with chloroform and ethyl acetate. Then 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added to the aqueous layer to render the latter basic, followed by extraction with chloroform and drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 497 mg of the title compound was obtained.
Referential Example 2
(3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidine
(Step 1)
Synthesis of ((3S)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methanol
To a solution of 900 mg of (3S)-3-piperidylmethanol in 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 1.05 g of cyclohexanecarbaldehyde, 0.54 ml of acetic acid and 2.5 g of sodium triacetoxyborohydrate were successively added at room temperature by the order stated, followed by 21 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction liquid was rendered acidic with 1N hydrochloric acid and washed with chloroform. The aqueous layer was rendered basic with 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, followed by extraction with chloroform and drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 990 mg of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of (3R)-3-aminomethyl-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidine
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 4-6 of Referential Example 1, using ((3S)-1-cyclohexylmethyl-3-piperidyl)methanol.
Referential Example 3
(3S)-3-aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine
The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Referential Example 1, using ethyl (3R)-3-piperidinecarboxylate L(+)-tartarate which was synthesized following the method of P. Magnus, et al. [J. Ore. Chem., Vol. 56, pp. 1166-1170 (1991)].
Referential Example 4
3-Aminomethyl-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine
The title compound was prepared by procedures similar to Steps 2-6 of Referential Example 1, using ethyl 3-piperidinecarboxylate.
Referential Example 5
3-Aminomethyl-1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidine
The title compound was prepared by successively conducting procedures similar to Step 2 of Referential Example 1 and Referential Example 2, using ethyl 3-piperidinecarboxylate.
Referential Example 6
3,3,3-Tris(4-fluorophenyl)propionic acid
The synthesis was conducted referring to the method of Fan Benlun, et al. [Yiyao Gongye, Vol.9, pp. 2-4 (1983)]. In 1.1 ml of acetic acid, 1.0 g of 3,3,3-tris (4-fluorophenyl) methanol was suspended. To the suspension 541 mg of cyanoacetic acid and 230 mg of zinc chloride were added at room temperature, followed by 4 hours' stirring at 130° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, and 1.8 ml of conc. sulfuric acid and 0.64 ml of acetic anhydride were added, followed by 17 hours' stirring at 130° C. under heating. The reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and filtered. The filter cake was thoroughly washed with water to provide 940 mg of the title compound.
Referential Example 7
Cyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate
The title compound was synthesized by a method similar to Step 4 of Referential Example 1, using cyclopentylmethanol.
Referential Example 8
2-(1-Methylcyclopropane-1-yl)acetaldehyde
(Step 1)
Synthesis of 1-methylcyclopropane-1-carbaldehyde
To a solution of 0.5 ml of 2-cyclopropanepropanol in 6 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide, 3 ml of triethylamine and a solution of 2.5 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex in 4 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide were successively added at room temperature, followed by 4.5 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction solution was poured into water, extracted with diethyl ether, and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, about 10 ml of a diethyl ether solution of the title compound was obtained.
(Step 2)
Synthesis of 2-(1-methylcyclopropane-1-yl)acetaldehyde
Methoxymethyltriphenylphosphonium chloride 2.57 g was suspended in 40 ml of diethyl ether, and to the suspension n-butyl lithium (1.47 M hexane solution, 8.0 ml) was added under cooling with ice, followed by 2 hours' stirring at room temperature. Then 10 ml of a diethyl ether solution of 1-methylcyclopropane-1-carbaldehyde was added at room temperature, followed by an hour's stirring at the same temperature. The reaction solution was poured into water, extracted with diethyl ether, and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under slightly reduced pressure, and the resultant residue was dissolved in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran. To the solution 10 ml of conc. hydrochloric acid and 5 ml of water were added at room temperature, followed by 12 hours' stirring at the same temperature. The reaction solution was poured into water, extracted with diethyl ether, and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, about 15 ml of a diethyl ether solution of the title compound was obtained.
Referential Example 9
1-(Cyclopentyl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
To 0.9 ml of a pyridine solution of 1-cyclopentaneethanol, 309 mg of 4-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride was added under cooling with ice, followed by 6.5 hours' stirring at room temperature. A hydrochloric acid solution was added under cooling with ice to render the reaction liquid acidic, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic solvent layer was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 324 mg of the title compound was obtained.
Referential Example 10
Preparation of 1,4-dibromo-2,3-epoxybutane
To a solution of 500 mg of 1,4-dibromo-2-butene in 1 ml of chloroform, 485 mg of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid was added under cooling with ice, followed by 20 hours' stirring at room temperature. Further 606 mg of meta-chloroperbenzoic acid was added, followed by 3 days' stirring. The reaction liquid was then poured into a mixed aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and sodium thiosulfate, extracted with chloroform and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Distilling the solvent off under reduced pressure, 512 mg of the title compound was obtained.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
Because those compounds of the present invention exhibit selective antagnism to muscarinic M3 receptors, they are useful as safe and effective treating agents of diseases of the respiratory, urinary or digestive systems, exhibiting little side effect.

## Claims

1. Compounds which are represented by the following general formula (I)




in which A stands for a group of the following formula (b0)



Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 each independently stands for optionally substituted phenyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkoxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl and di-lower alkylcarbamoyl; k means 0 or 1; m, n and s each independently means 0, 1 or 2; R1 stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl; R2, R3, R4 and R5 each independently stands for hydrogen or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl, or R2 and R3, or R4 and R5, may together stand for, independently of each other, optionally substituted trimethylene, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7, R7 standing for optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl; R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl, X stands for carbonyl or methylene; Y stands for nitrogen or methine; and Q− stands for anion or salts thereof.

2. The compounds according to claim 1 in which R61 and R71 each independently is C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl.

3. The compounds according to claim 2, in which R61 and R71 each independently is C1-C6 alkyl.

4. The compounds according to claim 3, in which R61 and R71 each independently is methyl, ethyl, propyl or 2-methylbutyl.

5. The compounds according to claim 2, in which both R61 and R71 are 2-propenyl or cyclopropylmethyl; or R61 is cyclohexylmethyl and R71 is methyl.

6. The compounds according to claim 1, in which Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 each independently stands for phenyl which is optionally substituted with halogen or lower alkyl; n is 1 or 2; s is 1; and R1 is hydrogen.

7. Compounds which are represented by the general formula (1-a):




wherein A1 stands for a group represented by the formula (b1),




R2a and R3a each independently stands for hydrogen, or optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl and imidazolyl; R8 stands for hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl, and Q− stands for anion.

8. Compounds which are represented by the general formula (1-c):




in which A1 stands for a group represented by the formula (b1),




R8 stands for hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl; R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl, and Q− stands for anion.

9. The compounds according to claim 6, which are represented by the general formula (1-e):




in which A1 stands for a group represented by the formula (b1),




n1 stands for 1 or 2; Re1, Re2, Re3 and Re4 each independently stands for hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, (imino-lower alkyl)amino, lower alkanoylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino, (lower alkylcarbamoyl)amino, lower alkylsulfonylamino, guanidino, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, imidazolyl and a group represented by —R7; or Re1 and Re2 together signify oxo group; R7 stands for optionally substituted lower alkyl, the substituent being selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl and imidazolyl; R8 stands for hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; R61 and R71 each independently stands for C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl, cycloalkenyl-lower alkyl or aralkyl, and Q− stands for anion.

10. The compounds according to claim 9, in which Re1 is hydrogen or hydroxyl, and all of Re2, Re3 and Re4 are hydrogen.

11. The compounds according to claim 9, in which R61 and R71 each independently is C1-C10 alkyl, lower alkenyl or cycloalkyl-lower alkyl whose ring portion may be substituted with lower alkyl.

12. The compounds according to claim 11, in which R61 and R71 each independently is C1-C6 alkyl.

13. The compounds according to claim 12, in which R61 and R71 each independently is methyl, ethyl, propyl or 2-methylbutyl.

14. The compounds according to claim 11, in which both R61 and R71 are 2-propenyl or cyclopropylmethyl; or R61 is cyclohexylmethyl and R71 is methyl.